(Documentation Basics): Removed redundant index entries.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob13ae1cffae78e3835205aa7a26246deed4d7695a
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17876 15555))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
262 \(fn)" t nil)
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
303 \(fn)" t nil)
305 ;;;***
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17842 54152))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
433 ;;;***
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
517 \(fn)" t nil)
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
522 \(fn)" t nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17892 52945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
678 Topic Encryption
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
724 Extending Allout
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
737 Terminology
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 ;;;***
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
852 ;;;***
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17842 55395))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
880 ;;;***
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
889 \(fn)" t nil)
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
906 ;;;***
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
929 \(fn)" t nil)
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
935 \(fn)" t nil)
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
943 ;;;***
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17842 53792))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1032 ;;;***
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1130 ;;;***
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17842
1133 ;;;;;; 58280))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1222 ;;;***
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225 ;;;;;; 58277))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1233 How to quit artist mode
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1238 How to submit a bug report
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1319 Settings
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1335 Drawing with keys
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1356 Arrows
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1365 Selecting operation
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1391 Variables
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1416 Hooks
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1422 Keymap summary
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1428 ;;;***
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431 ;;;;;; 56333))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1479 For example:
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1510 ;;;***
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1519 \(fn)" t nil)
1521 ;;;***
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1531 \(fn)" t nil)
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 ;;;***
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1592 \(fn)" nil nil)
1594 ;;;***
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1618 \(fn)" nil nil)
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1644 \(fn)" nil nil)
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1664 ;;;***
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1705 ;;;***
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1711 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1717 For example:
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1728 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1730 ;;;***
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1737 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1742 \(fn)" t nil)
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1758 seconds.
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1762 ;;;***
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1772 FORMS once.
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1795 ;;;***
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17843
1798 ;;;;;; 28300))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1821 Special information:
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1852 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1854 \(fn)" t nil)
1856 ;;;***
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1881 ;;;***
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1884 ;;;;;; 55395))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1888 Play blackbox.
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1891 What is blackbox?
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1898 your score.
1900 Overview of play:
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1904 four.
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1907 movement keys.
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1922 Details:
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1940 example.
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1948 ray.
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1997 a reflection.
1999 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2001 ;;;***
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2040 recent one.
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2099 name.
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2108 this.
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2127 \(fn)" t nil)
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2133 \(second argument).
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2153 while loading.
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2160 explicitly.
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2175 \(fn)" t nil)
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2185 ;;;***
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2223 Not documented
2225 \(fn)" nil nil)
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2240 narrowed.
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2247 \(fn)" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2273 to use.
2275 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2337 Firefox.
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2498 current one.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 ;;;***
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2528 ;;;;;; 55395))
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2539 \(fn)" nil nil)
2541 ;;;***
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2552 \(fn)" t nil)
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2559 \(fn)" t nil)
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2568 \\<bs-mode-map>
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2582 ;;;***
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17935
2586 ;;;;;; 59428))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2645 `make-text-button'.
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2668 ;;;***
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17927 20254))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Not documented
2683 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2741 cons, etc.).
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2754 \(fn)" nil nil)
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2763 already up-to-date.
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2778 ;;;***
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17916 10823))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2787 ;;;***
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2800 ;;;***
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17919 4936))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2832 \(fn)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2877 Not documented
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2881 ;;;***
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2884 ;;;;;; 28179))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2893 ;;;***
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17929 8808))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2919 the screen.")
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2947 displayed.")
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2970 calendar.")
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2979 calendar.")
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2988 calendar.")
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3041 For example,
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3055 MONTH/DAY
3056 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3057 MONTHNAME DAY
3058 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3059 DAYNAME
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3073 in every week.
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3080 DAY/MONTH
3081 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3082 DAY MONTHNAME
3083 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3084 DAYNAME
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3103 21: Payday
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 single diary entry
3117 02/11/1989
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3143 details.
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3192 full.")
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3202 DAY/MONTH
3203 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3204 DAY MONTHNAME
3205 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3206 DAYNAME
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3259 of the form
3261 #include \"filename\"
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3269 For example, you could use
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3290 diary display.
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3327 of the form
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3350 are holidays.")
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3373 Oriental holidays.
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3381 Local holidays.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3413 Jewish holidays.
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3421 Christian holidays.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3429 Islamic holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3437 Baha'i holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3482 ;;;***
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3496 it fails.
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3500 ;;;***
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3503 ;;;;;; 56333))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3507 ;;;***
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17926 45410))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3516 \(fn)" nil nil)
3518 ;;;***
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17926 45410))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3556 Key bindings:
3557 \\{c-mode-map}
3559 \(fn)" t nil)
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3570 message.
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3577 Key bindings:
3578 \\{c++-mode-map}
3580 \(fn)" t nil)
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3592 message.
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3599 Key bindings:
3600 \\{objc-mode-map}
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3614 message.
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3621 Key bindings:
3622 \\{java-mode-map}
3624 \(fn)" t nil)
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3636 message.
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3643 Key bindings:
3644 \\{idl-mode-map}
3646 \(fn)" t nil)
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3659 message.
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3666 Key bindings:
3667 \\{pike-mode-map}
3669 \(fn)" t nil)
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3677 ;;;***
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3692 might get set too.
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3698 way.
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3704 a null operation.
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17842
3732 ;;;;;; 56333))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17854 7681))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3744 ;;;***
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3768 execution.
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3780 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3787 `write' commands.
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3796 semantics.
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3804 STATEMENT :=
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3811 | integer
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3820 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 BREAK := (break)
3829 REPEAT :=
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3831 (repeat)
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3833 ;; (repeat))
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; (read REG)
3837 ;; (repeat))
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3840 ;; (read REG)
3841 ;; (repeat))
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3861 WRITE :=
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3864 ;; representation.
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3867 ;; (write r7))
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3871 ;; representation.
3872 | (write integer)
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3874 ;; buffer.
3875 | (write string)
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3877 | string
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 ;; representation.
3882 | (write REG ARRAY)
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3894 END := (end)
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3902 OPERATOR :=
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3904 + | - | * | / | %
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3907 | & | `|' | ^
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3910 | << | >>
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3914 | <8
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3919 | >8
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3924 | //
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3933 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3936 | de-sjis
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3940 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3942 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3943 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ;; byte of SJIS.
3946 | en-sjis
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3954 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3955 | <8=
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3959 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3964 | //=
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3969 TRANSLATE :=
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3973 LOOKUP :=
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3977 MAP :=
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3983 MAP-ID := integer
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4004 ;;;***
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 ;;;***
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4082 a separate buffer.
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4098 if there is one.
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4106 if there is one.
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4123 \(fn)" t nil)
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4209 ;;;***
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4213 ;;;;;; 58278))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4225 \(fn)" t nil)
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4236 \(fn)" t nil)
4238 ;;;***
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4261 \(fn)" t nil)
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4278 ;;;***
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4293 ;;;***
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4300 Not documented
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4304 ;;;***
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4325 ;;;***
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4328 ;;;;;; 58280))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4341 is run).
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4344 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4347 ;;;***
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4353 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4354 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4355 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4356 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4357 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4358 ?* is used.
4359 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4361 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 ;;;***
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4410 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4411 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4414 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4415 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4416 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4417 ASCII table.
4419 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4420 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4421 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4422 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4424 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4426 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4427 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4430 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4432 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4433 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4434 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4436 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4442 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4445 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4447 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4448 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4449 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4451 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4452 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4454 \(fn)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4457 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4459 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4460 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4461 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4465 ;;;***
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4488 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4528 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4558 ;;;***
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4561 ;;;;;; 45410))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4582 ignored.
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4592 ;;;***
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17928 33291))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4640 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4643 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4647 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4656 (lambda ()
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4671 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4673 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4692 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4693 subprocesses.
4695 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4696 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4697 to a function that generates a unique name.
4699 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4701 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4702 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4703 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4704 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4706 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4707 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4708 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4709 to determine the buffer name.
4711 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4712 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4713 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4715 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4717 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4719 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4720 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4721 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4722 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4723 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4725 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4727 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4729 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4731 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4732 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4733 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4734 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4735 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4736 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4751 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4752 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4754 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4756 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4758 ;;;***
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17931 55720))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4764 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4769 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4771 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4773 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4774 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4775 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4777 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4778 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4779 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4780 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4782 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4783 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4784 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4785 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4787 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4788 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4789 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4790 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4792 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4793 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4794 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4795 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4796 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4800 ;;;***
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4803 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4806 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4807 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4808 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4811 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4813 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4815 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4816 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4820 ;;;***
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4823 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4824 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4825 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4828 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4829 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4830 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4831 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4832 `make-composition'.
4834 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4836 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4837 | | 1:tc or top-center
4838 | | 2:tr or top-right
4839 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4840 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4841 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4842 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4843 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4844 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4846 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4847 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4848 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4849 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4850 be added.
4852 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4853 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4854 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4856 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4857 | | |
4858 | global| |
4859 | glyph | |
4860 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4861 +----+--*--+
4862 | | new |
4863 | |glyph|
4864 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4867 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4868 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4869 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4870 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4872 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4874 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4875 Compose characters in the current region.
4877 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4878 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4880 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4882 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4883 specifying the region.
4885 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4886 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4887 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4889 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4890 of the text in the region.
4892 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4894 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4895 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4896 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4897 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4899 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4900 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4901 detail.
4903 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4904 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4905 text in the composition.
4907 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4910 Decompose text in the current region.
4912 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4913 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4917 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4918 Compose characters in string STRING.
4920 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4921 the characters in it.
4923 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4924 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4925 STRING respectively.
4927 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4928 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4929 `compose-region' for more detail.
4931 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4932 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4933 text in the composition.
4935 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4937 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4938 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4940 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4942 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4943 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4944 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4945 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4946 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4947 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4948 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4949 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4951 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4953 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4954 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4956 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4957 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4959 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4960 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4962 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4963 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4965 If no composition is found, return nil.
4967 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4968 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4970 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4971 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4972 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4974 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4976 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4978 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4979 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4980 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4982 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4984 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4986 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4988 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4989 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4991 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4992 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4993 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4994 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4995 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4996 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4997 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4998 nil.
5000 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5002 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5003 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5005 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5007 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5008 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5010 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5012 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5014 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5015 Compose last characters.
5016 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5017 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5018 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5019 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5020 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5021 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5022 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5023 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5024 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5025 after a sequence of character events.
5027 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5028 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5030 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5031 Convert CHAR to string.
5033 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5034 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5035 vector of CHAR respectively.
5036 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5038 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5040 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5042 ;;;***
5044 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5045 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5050 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5052 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5053 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5054 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5055 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5056 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5058 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5059 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5060 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5062 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5063 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5064 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5066 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5067 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5068 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5069 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5071 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5072 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5073 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5074 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5075 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5076 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5077 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5079 \\{conf-mode-map}
5081 \(fn)" t nil)
5083 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5085 Comments start with `#'.
5086 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5088 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5090 \[Desktop Entry]
5091 Encoding=UTF-8
5092 Name=The GIMP
5093 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5094 Name[cs]=GIMP
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5100 Comments start with `;'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5105 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5106 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5107 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5109 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5110 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5112 \(fn)" t nil)
5114 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5116 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5117 between `/*' and `*/'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5121 // another kind of comment
5122 /* yet another */
5124 name:value
5125 name=value
5126 name value
5127 x.1 =
5128 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5129 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5131 \(fn)" t nil)
5133 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5134 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5135 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5136 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5137 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5138 `conf-space-keywords'.
5139 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5140 in an interactive fashion instead.
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5144 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5146 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5147 image/png png
5148 image/tiff tiff tif
5150 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5151 class desktop
5152 # Standard multimedia devices
5153 add /dev/audio desktop
5154 add /dev/mixer desktop
5156 \(fn)" t nil)
5158 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5159 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5160 See `conf-space-mode'.
5162 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5165 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5166 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5167 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5169 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5171 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5172 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5176 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5178 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5179 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5183 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5184 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5186 \(fn)" t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5189 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5190 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5191 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5193 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5195 *background: gray99
5196 *foreground: black
5198 \(fn)" t nil)
5200 ;;;***
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5203 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5206 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5207 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5208 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5209 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5211 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5213 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5214 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5215 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5216 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5218 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5221 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5222 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5223 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5225 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5227 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5228 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5230 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5232 ;;;***
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5235 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5238 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5239 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5240 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5241 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5242 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5243 following the copyright are updated as well.
5244 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5245 interactively.
5247 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5249 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5250 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5251 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5256 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5258 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5260 ;;;***
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5263 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17899 1957))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5267 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5268 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5269 Tab indents for Perl code.
5270 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5271 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5273 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5274 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5275 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5276 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5277 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5278 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5279 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5280 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5281 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5282 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5283 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5284 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5286 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5288 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5289 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5291 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5293 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5294 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5295 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5296 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5297 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5298 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5299 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5300 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5301 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5303 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5305 bite if angry;
5307 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5308 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5309 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5310 to nil.)
5312 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5313 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5314 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5316 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5318 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5319 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5320 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5321 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5322 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5324 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5326 if (A) { B }
5328 into
5330 B if A;
5332 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5334 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5335 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5336 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5337 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5338 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5339 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5340 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5341 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5342 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5343 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5344 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5345 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5346 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5348 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5349 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5350 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5351 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5352 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5353 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5355 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5356 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5357 man via menu.
5359 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5360 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5361 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5362 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5363 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5365 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5366 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5367 span the needed amount of lines.
5369 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5370 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5371 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5372 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5374 Variables controlling indentation style:
5375 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5376 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5378 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5379 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5380 `cperl-auto-newline'
5381 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5382 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5383 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5384 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5385 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5386 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5387 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5388 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5389 `cperl-indent-level'
5390 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5391 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5392 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5393 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5394 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5395 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5396 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5397 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5398 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5399 `cperl-brace-offset'
5400 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5401 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5402 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5403 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5404 `cperl-label-offset'
5405 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5406 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5407 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5409 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5410 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5411 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5413 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5414 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5416 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5417 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5418 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5419 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5421 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5422 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5423 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5424 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5425 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5426 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5428 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5429 column 0 is indented on
5430 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5432 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5433 with no args.
5435 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5436 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5437 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5439 \(fn)" t nil)
5441 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5442 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5444 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5446 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5447 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 ;;;***
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5454 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5457 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5458 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5459 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5460 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5461 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5466 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5468 \(fn)" t nil)
5470 ;;;***
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5476 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5477 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5478 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5479 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5482 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5484 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5486 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5487 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5488 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5492 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5494 ;;;***
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5500 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5501 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5502 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5503 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5505 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5506 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5507 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5508 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5510 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5511 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5512 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5514 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5515 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5516 'bob', and 'eve'.
5518 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5519 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5520 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5522 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5524 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5525 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5526 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5528 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5530 ;;;***
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5533 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5536 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5537 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5538 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5541 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5543 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5545 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5546 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5547 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5548 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5549 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5551 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5552 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5553 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5554 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5555 function of these prefix keys.
5557 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5558 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5559 options:
5560 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5561 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5562 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5564 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5565 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5566 the prefix fallback behavior.
5568 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5569 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5570 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5571 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5576 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5579 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5580 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5581 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5582 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5583 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5584 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5585 (if user-init-file (concat
5586 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5587 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5592 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5593 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5594 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5595 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5596 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5597 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5598 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5599 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5600 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5601 ;;;;;; (17900 13368))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5604 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5605 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5607 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5609 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5610 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5612 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5614 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5620 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5623 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5624 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5626 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5627 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5629 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5631 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5633 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5635 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5638 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5640 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5641 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5643 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5644 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5646 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5648 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5650 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5652 Return VALUE.
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5655 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5657 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5658 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5660 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5661 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5663 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5665 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5667 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5669 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5670 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5671 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5673 \(fn)" t nil)
5675 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5677 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5678 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5680 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5685 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5687 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5690 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5692 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5694 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5695 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5697 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5699 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5701 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5703 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5708 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5709 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5710 as part of Emacs itself.
5712 Each elements looks like this:
5714 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5716 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5717 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5718 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5719 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5720 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5721 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5722 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5723 and `defface'.
5725 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5727 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5728 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5733 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5734 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5735 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5736 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5738 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5740 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5741 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5742 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5743 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5744 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5746 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5747 that were added or redefined since that version.
5749 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5751 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5753 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5754 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5756 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5757 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5759 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5762 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5763 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5765 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5766 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5768 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5771 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5776 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5778 \(fn)" t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5781 Customize all already saved user options.
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5791 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5792 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5794 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5798 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5799 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5801 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5809 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5811 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5814 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5815 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5816 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5817 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5818 that option.
5820 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5822 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5824 The result includes selecting that window.
5825 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5826 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5827 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5828 that option.
5830 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5833 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5835 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5837 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5838 File used for storing customization information.
5839 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5840 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5841 it should be an absolute file name.
5843 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5844 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5845 something like the following in your init file:
5847 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5848 \(load custom-file)
5850 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5851 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5853 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5854 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5855 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5856 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5857 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5859 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5860 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5861 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5862 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5863 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5864 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5865 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5866 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5867 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5868 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5870 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5872 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5875 \(fn)" nil nil)
5877 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5878 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5884 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5886 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5890 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5891 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5892 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5896 ;;;***
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5899 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5902 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5903 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5905 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5907 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5908 Alist of face attributes.
5910 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5911 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5912 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5913 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5914 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5915 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5917 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5918 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5919 customization type TYPE).
5921 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5922 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5923 given face attribute.")
5925 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5926 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5927 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5928 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5930 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5932 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5933 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5934 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5935 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5936 between themes and faces.
5937 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5939 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5940 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5944 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5945 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5946 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5948 (FACE IGNORED)
5950 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5952 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5955 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5956 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5958 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5960 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5962 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5966 ;;;***
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5972 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5973 Create a custom theme.
5975 \(fn)" t nil)
5977 ;;;***
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5983 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5984 Mode used for cvs status output.
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5991 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5994 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5995 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5997 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5998 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5999 C++ modes are included.
6001 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Turn on CWarn mode.
6008 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6009 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6011 \(fn)" nil nil)
6013 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6014 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6015 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6018 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6020 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6022 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6024 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6025 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6026 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6030 ;;;***
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6033 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6034 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6037 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6038 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6040 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6042 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6043 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6045 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6047 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6048 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6049 For readability, the table is slightly
6050 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6052 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6053 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6054 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6055 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6056 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6058 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6060 ;;;***
6062 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6063 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6065 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6066 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6068 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6069 Completion on current word.
6070 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6071 and presents suggestions for completion.
6073 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6074 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6075 completions.
6077 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6078 then it searches *all* buffers.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6083 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6085 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6086 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6087 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6088 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6089 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6091 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6092 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6094 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6095 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6096 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6098 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6099 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6101 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6105 ;;;***
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17842
6108 ;;;;;; 56333))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6111 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6112 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6114 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6115 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6116 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6118 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6119 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6120 Data lines are not indented.
6122 Key bindings:
6124 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6125 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6127 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6128 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6129 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6130 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6132 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6134 dcl-basic-offset
6135 Extra indentation within blocks.
6137 dcl-continuation-offset
6138 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6140 dcl-margin-offset
6141 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6143 dcl-margin-label-offset
6144 Indentation for a label.
6146 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6147 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6149 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6150 dcl-block-end-regexp
6151 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6152 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6153 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6154 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6155 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6157 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6158 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6159 Two such functions are included in the package:
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6161 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6163 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6164 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6165 One such function is included in the package:
6166 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6168 dcl-tab-always-indent
6169 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6170 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6171 margin.
6173 dcl-electric-characters
6174 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6175 typed.
6177 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6178 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6179 which words trigger electric indentation.
6181 dcl-tempo-comma
6182 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6183 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6184 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6186 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6187 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6188 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6189 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6191 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6192 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6193 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6194 dcl-imenu-label-call
6195 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6197 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6198 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6199 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6203 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6205 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6206 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6207 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6208 $ i = 1
6209 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6210 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6211 $ label:
6212 $ if i.eq.1
6213 $ then
6214 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6215 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6216 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6217 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6219 \"lined up with the command line\"
6220 $ type sys$input
6221 Data lines are not indented at all.
6222 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6223 $ endif
6227 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6228 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6232 ;;;***
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6238 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6240 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6241 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6242 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6243 of the evaluator.
6245 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6246 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6247 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6249 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6252 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6254 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6256 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6257 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6258 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6259 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6260 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6261 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6263 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6264 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6269 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6270 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6271 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6274 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6276 ;;;***
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6282 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6283 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6287 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6288 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6289 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6290 Upper-case letters are commands.
6292 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6293 modify it.
6295 The most useful commands are:
6296 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6297 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6298 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6299 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6300 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6301 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6305 ;;;***
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6308 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6309 ;;;;;; 58280))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6312 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6313 Customization of `columns' group.
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6317 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6318 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6320 START and END delimits the text region.
6322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6325 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6327 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6331 ;;;***
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6334 ;;;;;; 56333))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6337 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6338 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6339 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6340 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6341 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6342 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6344 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6346 Customization:
6348 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6349 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6350 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6351 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6352 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6354 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6355 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6356 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6357 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6358 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6359 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6360 blank line.
6361 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6362 Directories to search when finding external units.
6363 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6364 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6366 Coloring:
6368 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6369 Face used to color delphi comments.
6370 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi strings.
6372 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6374 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6375 Face used to color everything else.
6377 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6378 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6380 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6382 ;;;***
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6385 ;;;;;; 58280))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6388 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6390 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6391 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6392 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6395 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6397 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6399 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6400 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6401 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6402 positive.
6404 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6405 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6406 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6407 any selection.
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6414 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6417 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6418 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6420 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6422 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6423 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6424 or nil if there is no parent.
6425 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6426 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6427 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6428 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6429 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6431 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6432 arguments are currently understood:
6433 :group GROUP
6434 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6435 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6436 :syntax-table TABLE
6437 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6438 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6439 :abbrev-table TABLE
6440 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6441 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6443 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6445 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6447 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6448 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6449 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6451 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6452 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6454 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6455 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6456 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6458 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6459 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6461 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6462 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6464 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6466 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6468 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6469 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6470 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6471 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6472 the first time the mode is used.
6474 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6476 ;;;***
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6479 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6482 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6483 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6484 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6485 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6486 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6487 otherwise.
6489 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6492 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6493 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6494 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6495 character composition information (if relevant),
6496 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6498 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6500 ;;;***
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6504 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6505 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17893 17506))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6508 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6509 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6510 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6512 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6514 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6515 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6516 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6517 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6518 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6519 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6524 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6525 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6526 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6530 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6531 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6532 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6534 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6535 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6536 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6538 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6539 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6541 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6542 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6543 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6545 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6546 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6547 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6548 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6550 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6552 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6553 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6555 Handlers are called with argument list
6557 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6559 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6561 desktop-file-version
6562 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6563 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6564 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-mark
6566 desktop-buffer-read-only
6567 desktop-buffer-locals
6569 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6570 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6572 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6573 code like
6575 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6580 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6582 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6585 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6586 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6587 List elements must have the form
6589 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6591 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6592 function.
6594 Handlers are called with argument list
6596 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6598 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6600 desktop-file-version
6601 desktop-buffer-file-name
6602 desktop-buffer-name
6603 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6604 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6605 desktop-buffer-point
6606 desktop-buffer-mark
6607 desktop-buffer-read-only
6608 desktop-buffer-misc
6610 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6611 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6612 created and set.
6614 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6615 code like
6617 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6619 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6620 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6622 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6624 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6626 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6628 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6629 Empty the Desktop.
6630 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6631 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6632 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6637 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6638 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6639 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6641 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6644 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6645 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6647 \(fn)" t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6650 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6651 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6652 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6653 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6654 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6655 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6656 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6658 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6661 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6662 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6664 \(fn)" nil nil)
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6667 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6668 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6669 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6670 directory DIRNAME.
6672 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6674 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6675 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6679 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6680 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6682 \(fn)" t nil)
6684 ;;;***
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6688 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6692 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6693 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6694 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6695 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6696 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6698 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6701 Repair a broken attribution line.
6702 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6704 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6707 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6708 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6709 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6711 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6713 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6714 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6716 \(fn)" t nil)
6718 ;;;***
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6721 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6724 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6726 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6727 Not documented
6729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6731 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6732 Not documented
6734 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6736 ;;;***
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6739 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17929 8808))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6742 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6743 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6744 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6745 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6746 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6751 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6752 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6753 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6755 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6756 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6757 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6758 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6760 #!/bin/sh
6761 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6762 emacs -batch \\
6763 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6764 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6765 european-calendar-style t \\
6766 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6767 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6768 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6770 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6771 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6772 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6773 to run it every morning at 1am.
6775 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6777 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6778 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6785 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17842 58280))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6788 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6789 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6791 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6793 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6794 *The command to use to run diff.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6798 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6799 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6800 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6801 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6802 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6803 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6805 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6808 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6810 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6811 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6816 ;;;***
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6819 ;;;;;; (17907 56729))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6822 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6823 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6824 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6825 normal diffs. If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try
6826 to update the hunk headers for you on-the-fly.
6828 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6829 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6830 headers for you on-the-fly.
6832 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6833 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6834 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6836 When the buffer is read-only, the Meta- modifier is not necessary
6837 to run the Diff mode commands:
6839 \\{diff-mode-map}
6841 \(fn)" t nil)
6843 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6844 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6845 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6849 ;;;***
6851 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6852 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6853 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6854 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6855 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17851 56703))
6856 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6858 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6859 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6860 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6861 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6862 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6863 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6864 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6865 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6869 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6870 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6872 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6873 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6874 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6875 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6876 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6878 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6879 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6881 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6882 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6883 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6884 always set this variable to t.")
6886 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6888 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6889 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6890 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6891 A value of t means move to first file.")
6893 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6895 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6896 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6897 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6898 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6899 are afterward marked with that character.")
6901 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6903 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6904 *Controls marking of copied files.
6905 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6906 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6908 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6910 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6911 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6912 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6913 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6915 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6917 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6918 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6919 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6920 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6922 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6924 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6925 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6926 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6927 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6929 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6931 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6933 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6934 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6935 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6937 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6939 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6940 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6941 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6942 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6943 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6944 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6946 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6947 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6948 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6949 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6950 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6951 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6952 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6953 list of files to make directory entries for.
6954 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6955 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6956 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6957 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6959 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6961 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6962 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6964 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6965 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6967 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6968 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6970 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6971 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6975 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6976 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6978 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6980 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6981 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6982 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6983 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6984 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6985 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6986 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6987 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6988 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6989 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6990 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6991 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6992 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6993 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6994 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6995 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6996 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6997 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6998 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6999 to see why something went wrong.
7000 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7001 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7002 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7003 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7004 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7005 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7006 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7007 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7008 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7009 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7010 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7011 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7012 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7014 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7015 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7016 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7017 again for the directory tree.
7019 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7020 for more info):
7022 `dired-listing-switches'
7023 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7024 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7025 `dired-marker-char'
7026 `dired-del-marker'
7027 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7028 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7029 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7030 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7032 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7034 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7035 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7036 `dired-mode-hook'
7037 `dired-load-hook'
7039 Keybindings:
7040 \\{dired-mode-map}
7042 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7043 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7045 ;;;***
7047 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7048 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7049 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7050 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7051 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7053 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7054 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7055 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7056 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7057 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7059 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7060 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7061 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7063 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7064 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7065 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7066 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7067 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7068 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7069 which is options for `diff'.
7071 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7073 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7075 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7076 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7077 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7078 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7080 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7083 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7084 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7085 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7086 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7087 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7088 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7090 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7092 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7093 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7094 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7095 returned by function `file-attributes'
7097 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7098 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7100 Examples of PREDICATE:
7102 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7103 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7104 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7105 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7106 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7108 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7110 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7111 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7112 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 This calls touch.
7130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7132 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7134 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7135 `lpr-switches' as default.
7137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7139 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7140 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7141 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7142 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7143 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7145 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7146 with a prefix argument.
7148 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7152 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7153 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7154 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7156 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7157 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7159 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7160 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7161 file name substituted for `?'.
7163 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7164 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7166 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7167 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7168 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7169 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7171 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7173 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7174 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7175 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7177 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7178 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7179 in a subdir.
7181 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7182 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7183 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7185 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7187 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7188 Not documented
7190 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7192 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7193 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7194 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7195 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7196 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7197 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7198 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7199 from the buffer as well.
7200 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7201 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7202 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7204 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7206 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7207 Not documented
7209 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7211 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7212 Not documented
7214 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7216 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7217 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7233 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7234 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7236 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7237 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7238 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7239 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7240 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7241 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7242 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7244 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7246 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7247 Not documented
7249 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7251 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7252 Not documented
7254 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7256 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7257 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7259 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Not documented
7264 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7266 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Not documented
7269 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7271 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7274 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7276 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7277 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7278 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7279 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7280 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7281 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7282 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7283 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7284 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7286 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7287 like `cp -d'.
7289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7291 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7292 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7293 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7294 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7295 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7296 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7297 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7298 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7300 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7304 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7305 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7306 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7307 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7308 and new hard links are made in that directory
7309 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7310 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7311 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7316 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7317 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7318 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7319 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7320 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7321 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7325 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7326 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7328 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7329 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7330 file if none are marked.
7332 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7333 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7334 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7335 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7337 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7338 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7340 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7342 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7343 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7344 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7346 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7348 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7349 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7350 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7352 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7356 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7358 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7360 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7361 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7365 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7366 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7370 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7372 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7373 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7374 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7375 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7376 this subdirectory.
7377 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7379 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7380 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7381 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7382 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7383 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7384 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7385 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7387 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7389 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7390 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7391 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7392 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7393 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7394 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7395 this subdirectory.
7396 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7398 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7400 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7401 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7402 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7404 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7406 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7407 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7408 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7409 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7411 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7413 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7414 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7415 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7416 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7420 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7421 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7422 Lower levels are unaffected.
7424 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7426 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7427 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7432 Go down in the dired tree.
7434 \(fn)" t nil)
7436 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7437 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7438 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7439 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7441 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7443 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7445 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7446 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7450 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7451 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7452 Stops when a match is found.
7453 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7455 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7457 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7458 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7459 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7460 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7461 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7463 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7465 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7466 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7467 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7468 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7470 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7472 ;;;***
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7475 ;;;;;; (17859 33405))
7476 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7478 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7479 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7480 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7481 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7482 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7483 buffer and try again.
7485 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7487 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7488 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7489 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7490 This creates relative symbolic links like
7492 foo -> ../bar/foo
7494 not absolute ones like
7496 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7498 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7502 ;;;***
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7507 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7508 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7509 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7511 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7513 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7514 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7516 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7517 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7519 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7521 ;;;***
7523 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7524 ;;;;;; 54152))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7527 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7528 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7529 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7530 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7531 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7532 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7534 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7536 ;;;***
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7539 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7540 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7541 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7542 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7543 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7544 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7546 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7547 Return a new, empty display table.
7549 \(fn)" nil nil)
7551 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7552 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7553 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7554 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7555 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7557 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7559 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7560 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7561 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7562 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7563 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7565 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7567 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7568 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7570 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7572 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7573 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7575 \(fn)" t nil)
7577 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7578 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7580 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7582 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7583 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7585 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7587 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7588 Display character C using printable string S.
7590 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7592 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7593 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7594 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7595 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7597 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7599 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7600 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7601 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7602 X frame.
7604 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7606 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7607 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7609 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7612 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7614 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7616 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7617 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7619 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7621 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7622 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7624 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7626 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7627 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7629 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7632 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7634 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7635 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7636 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7637 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7639 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7640 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7641 European character display.
7643 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7644 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7645 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7646 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7648 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7649 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7650 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7651 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7652 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7654 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7656 ;;;***
7658 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7659 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
7660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7662 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7663 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7664 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7665 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7666 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7667 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7668 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7669 Default is 2.
7671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17842 58280))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7678 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7679 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7680 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7681 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7682 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7683 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7684 private or ask).
7685 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7686 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7687 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7688 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7689 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7691 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7693 ;;;***
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7696 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7699 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7700 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7701 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7702 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7703 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7704 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7705 table and its own syntax table.
7707 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7709 \(fn)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7712 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7713 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7716 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7718 ;;;***
7720 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17842 55395))
7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7723 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7724 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7726 \(fn)" t nil)
7728 ;;;***
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7731 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7734 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7735 Toggle Double mode.
7736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7737 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7739 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7741 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7742 Toggle Double mode.
7743 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7745 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7746 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7750 ;;;***
7752 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7755 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7756 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7758 \(fn)" t nil)
7760 ;;;***
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7763 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7766 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7767 Play sounds in message buffers.
7769 \(fn)" t nil)
7771 ;;;***
7773 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7774 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7775 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17860 50628))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7778 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7780 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7781 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7782 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7783 and toggle command MODE.
7785 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7786 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7787 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7788 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7789 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7790 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7791 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7792 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7793 used (see below).
7795 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7796 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7797 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7798 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7799 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7800 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7801 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7802 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7803 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7804 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7805 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7806 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7807 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7808 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7809 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7810 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7811 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7813 For example, you could write
7814 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7815 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7816 ...BODY CODE...)
7818 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7820 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7822 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7824 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7825 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7826 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7827 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7828 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7829 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7830 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7831 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7832 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7833 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7834 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7835 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7837 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7838 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7839 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7840 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7841 call another major mode in their body.
7843 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7845 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7846 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7847 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7848 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7849 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7850 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7851 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7853 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7855 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7856 Not documented
7858 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7860 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7861 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7862 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7864 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7866 ;;;***
7868 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7869 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7870 ;;;;;; 54152))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7873 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7875 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7876 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7878 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7879 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7880 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7882 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7883 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7885 :filter FUNCTION
7887 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7888 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7890 :visible INCLUDE
7892 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7893 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7895 :active ENABLE
7897 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7898 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7900 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7902 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7904 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7906 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7907 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7912 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7914 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7916 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7918 :keys KEYS
7920 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7921 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7922 computed automatically.
7923 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7925 :key-sequence KEYS
7927 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7928 menu item.
7929 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7930 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7931 keyboard equivalent.
7933 :active ENABLE
7935 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7936 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7938 :visible INCLUDE
7940 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7941 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7943 :suffix FORM
7945 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7946 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7948 :style STYLE
7950 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7951 defined:
7953 toggle: A checkbox.
7954 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7955 radio: A radio button.
7956 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7957 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7958 menu bar itself.
7959 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7961 :selected SELECTED
7963 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7964 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7966 :help HELP
7968 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7970 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7971 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7972 as a solid horizontal line.
7974 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7976 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7978 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7979 Not documented
7981 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7983 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7984 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7985 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7986 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7988 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7990 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7991 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7992 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7993 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7994 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7995 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7997 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7998 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7999 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8001 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8002 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8003 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8005 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8006 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8008 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8010 ;;;***
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8015 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8016 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8017 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8018 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8019 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17859 54480))
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8022 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8023 Customization for ebnf group.
8025 \(fn)" t nil)
8027 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8030 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8032 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8033 processed.
8035 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8037 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8042 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8043 killed after process termination.
8045 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8047 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8050 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8052 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8053 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8054 it to the printer.
8056 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8057 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8058 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8059 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8061 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8063 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8064 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8065 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8067 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8069 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8072 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8074 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8075 processed.
8077 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8079 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8084 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8085 killed after process termination.
8087 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8089 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8091 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8092 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8093 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8094 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8096 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8100 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8101 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8102 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8104 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8106 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8108 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8109 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8111 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8113 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8114 processed.
8116 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8118 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8123 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8124 killed after EPS generation.
8126 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8128 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8130 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8131 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8133 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8134 The EPS file name has the following form:
8136 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8138 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8139 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8141 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8142 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8143 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8144 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8145 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8147 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8148 files.
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8152 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8153 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8155 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8156 The EPS file name has the following form:
8158 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8160 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8161 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8163 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8164 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8165 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8166 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8167 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8169 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8170 files.
8172 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8174 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8176 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8177 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8179 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8181 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8182 are processed.
8184 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8186 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8191 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8192 killed after syntax checking.
8194 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8196 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8198 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8199 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8204 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8206 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8208 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8209 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8211 \(fn)" nil nil)
8213 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8214 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8216 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8218 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Delete style NAME.
8223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8225 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8227 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8228 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8232 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8234 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8235 Set STYLE as the current style.
8237 Returns the old style symbol.
8239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8241 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8243 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8244 Reset current style.
8246 Returns the old style symbol.
8248 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8250 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8252 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8253 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8255 Returns the old style symbol.
8257 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8259 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8261 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8263 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8264 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8266 Returns the old style symbol.
8268 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8287 ;;;;;; 5918))
8288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8291 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8292 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8293 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8294 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8295 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8297 Tree mode key bindings:
8298 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8300 \(fn)" t nil)
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8307 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8308 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8310 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8312 \(fn)" nil nil)
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8315 View declaration of member at point.
8317 \(fn)" t nil)
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Find declaration of member at point.
8322 \(fn)" t nil)
8324 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8325 View definition of member at point.
8327 \(fn)" t nil)
8329 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8330 Find definition of member at point.
8332 \(fn)" t nil)
8334 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8335 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8337 \(fn)" t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8340 View definition of member at point in other window.
8342 \(fn)" t nil)
8344 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8345 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8347 \(fn)" t nil)
8349 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8350 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8352 \(fn)" t nil)
8354 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8355 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8357 \(fn)" t nil)
8359 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8360 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8362 \(fn)" t nil)
8364 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8365 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8366 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8367 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8368 completion.
8370 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8372 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8373 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8374 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8375 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8377 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8379 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8380 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8381 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8382 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8384 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8386 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8387 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8388 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8392 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8393 Search for call sites of a member.
8394 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8395 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8396 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8397 looks like a function call to the member.
8399 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8401 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8402 Move backward in the position stack.
8403 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8405 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8407 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8408 Move forward in the position stack.
8409 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8411 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8414 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8418 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8419 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8423 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8424 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8425 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8426 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8428 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Display statistics for a class tree.
8433 \(fn)" t nil)
8435 ;;;***
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8438 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8441 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8442 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8443 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8444 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8446 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8447 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8448 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8450 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8451 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8452 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8454 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8456 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8458 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8460 ;;;***
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8463 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8466 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8467 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8468 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8470 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8472 ;;;***
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8475 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17930 34071))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8479 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8480 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8481 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8482 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8483 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8485 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8486 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8487 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8488 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8490 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8492 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8493 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8494 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8495 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8497 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8499 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8500 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8501 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8502 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8504 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8506 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8508 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8509 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8510 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8511 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8512 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8514 If you do this on a function definition
8515 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8516 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8517 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8518 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8520 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8521 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8522 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8523 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8524 already is one.)
8526 \(fn)" t nil)
8528 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8529 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8531 \(fn)" t nil)
8533 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8534 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8536 \(fn)" t nil)
8538 ;;;***
8540 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8546 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8547 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8548 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8549 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8552 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8553 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8555 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8557 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8558 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8560 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8562 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8564 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8567 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8568 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8569 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8571 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8573 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8574 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8576 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8578 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8580 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8581 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8583 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8585 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8587 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8588 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8589 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8590 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8592 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8594 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8596 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8597 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8598 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8599 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8601 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8603 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8607 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8608 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8610 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8612 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8615 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8616 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8617 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8621 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8623 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8624 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8625 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8626 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8627 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8628 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8630 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8632 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8633 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8634 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8635 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8637 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8639 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8648 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8650 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8652 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8653 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8654 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8655 follows:
8656 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8657 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8659 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8661 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8662 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8663 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8664 follows:
8665 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8666 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8668 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8670 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8671 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8672 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8673 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8674 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8676 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8679 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8680 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8681 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8682 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8683 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8685 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8687 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8689 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8690 Merge two files without ancestor.
8692 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8695 Merge two files with ancestor.
8697 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8704 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8709 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8711 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8712 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8713 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8714 buffer.
8716 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8720 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8721 buffer.
8723 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8725 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8726 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8727 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8728 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8730 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8732 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8733 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8734 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8735 and don't ask the user.
8736 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8737 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8739 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8741 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8742 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8743 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8744 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8745 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8746 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8747 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8748 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8750 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8752 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8754 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8756 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8757 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8758 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8759 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8760 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8762 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8764 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8766 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8767 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8768 When called interactively, displays the version.
8770 \(fn)" t nil)
8772 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8773 Display Ediff's manual.
8774 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8776 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8778 ;;;***
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8781 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8785 Not documented
8787 \(fn)" t nil)
8789 ;;;***
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8794 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8795 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8797 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8799 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8801 ;;;***
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8804 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8807 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8808 Display Ediff's registry.
8810 \(fn)" t nil)
8812 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8814 ;;;***
8816 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8817 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8820 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8821 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8822 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8823 which see.
8825 \(fn)" t nil)
8827 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8828 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8829 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8830 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8832 \(fn)" t nil)
8834 ;;;***
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8837 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8838 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8841 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8842 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8843 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8845 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8846 Edit a keyboard macro.
8847 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8848 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8849 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8850 its command name.
8851 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8853 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8855 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8856 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8858 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8860 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8861 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8863 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8865 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8866 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8867 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8868 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8869 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8870 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8872 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8873 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8874 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8875 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8877 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8879 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8880 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8881 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8882 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8883 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8884 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8886 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8888 ;;;***
8890 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8891 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8894 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8895 Set scroll margins.
8896 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8897 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8899 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8901 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8902 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8904 \(fn)" t nil)
8906 ;;;***
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8909 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8912 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8913 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8914 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8915 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8916 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8917 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8918 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8920 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8921 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8923 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8924 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8925 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8926 this value is non-nil.
8928 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8929 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8930 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8932 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8933 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8934 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8936 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8939 Not documented
8941 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8943 ;;;***
8945 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8946 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17842 54152))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8949 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8950 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8952 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8954 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8955 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8956 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8957 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8958 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8959 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8960 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8962 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8966 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8967 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8969 \(fn)" t nil)
8971 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8972 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8973 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8974 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8975 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8976 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8977 arg list.
8979 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8980 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8982 ;;;***
8984 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8985 ;;;;;; 58279))
8986 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8988 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8989 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8991 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8992 an elided material again.
8994 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9001 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9004 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9005 Initialize elint.
9007 \(fn)" t nil)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9012 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9013 ;;;;;; 54152))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9016 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9017 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9018 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9020 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9022 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9023 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9024 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9026 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9030 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9032 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9034 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9036 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9037 Display current profiling results.
9038 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9039 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9040 displayed.
9042 \(fn)" t nil)
9044 ;;;***
9046 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9047 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9050 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9051 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9052 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9054 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9059 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9060 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9061 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9062 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9065 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9066 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9068 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9070 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9072 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9074 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9076 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9077 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9078 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9080 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9082 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9083 Run Emerge on two files.
9085 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9087 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9088 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9090 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9092 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9093 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9095 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9097 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9098 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9100 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9102 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9103 Not documented
9105 \(fn)" nil nil)
9107 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9108 Not documented
9110 \(fn)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9113 Not documented
9115 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9117 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9118 Not documented
9120 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9122 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9123 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9125 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9127 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9128 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9130 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9132 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9133 Not documented
9135 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9137 ;;;***
9139 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9140 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9143 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9144 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9145 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9148 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9150 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9152 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9153 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9154 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9156 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9157 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9158 automatically.
9160 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9161 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9162 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9166 ;;;***
9168 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9169 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9172 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9173 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9174 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9175 text/enriched format.
9176 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9178 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9179 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9181 Commands:
9183 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9187 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9188 Not documented
9190 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9192 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9193 Not documented
9195 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9197 ;;;***
9199 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9200 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9203 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9204 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9206 \(fn)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9209 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9210 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9212 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9214 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9215 (server (erc-compute-server))
9216 (port (erc-compute-port))
9217 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9218 password
9219 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9221 That is, if called with
9223 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9225 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9226 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9227 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9229 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9231 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9233 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9234 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9235 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9236 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9238 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9240 ;;;***
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9243 ;;;;;; 53318))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9253 ;;;***
9255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9257 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9259 ;;;***
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9265 ;;;***
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9268 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9271 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9272 Parser for /dcc command.
9273 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9274 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9275 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9277 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9279 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9280 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9282 \(fn)" nil nil)
9284 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9285 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9287 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9288 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9289 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9290 that subcommand.
9292 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9294 ;;;***
9296 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9297 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9298 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9299 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9300 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9303 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9304 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9306 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9309 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9310 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9311 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9313 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9315 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9316 Not documented
9318 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9321 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9323 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9326 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9333 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9338 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9343 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9345 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9346 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9348 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9350 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9351 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9353 \(fn)" nil nil)
9355 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9356 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9358 \(fn)" nil nil)
9360 ;;;***
9362 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9363 ;;;;;; 53318))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9365 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9367 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9368 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9369 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9373 ;;;***
9375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9376 ;;;;;; 54344))
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9378 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9380 ;;;***
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9383 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9385 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9387 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9388 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9389 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9390 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9391 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9392 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9393 system.
9395 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9397 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9398 Not documented
9400 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9402 ;;;***
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9405 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9408 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9409 Not documented
9411 \(fn)" nil nil)
9413 ;;;***
9415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9417 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9419 ;;;***
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9422 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9426 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9427 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9428 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9429 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9430 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9431 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9435 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9436 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9437 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9438 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9440 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9441 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9442 automatically.
9444 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9445 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9447 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9449 ;;;***
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9452 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9453 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9454 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9456 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9458 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9459 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9461 \(fn)" t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9464 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9466 \(fn)" t nil)
9468 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9469 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9471 \(fn)" t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9476 \(fn)" t nil)
9478 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9479 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9481 \(fn)" t nil)
9483 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9488 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9489 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9491 \(fn)" t nil)
9493 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9494 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9496 \(fn)" t nil)
9498 ;;;***
9500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9502 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9504 ;;;***
9506 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9507 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9509 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9511 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9512 Show who's gone.
9514 \(fn)" nil nil)
9516 ;;;***
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9519 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9520 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9522 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9523 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9524 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9525 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9527 \(fn)" nil nil)
9529 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9530 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9532 \(fn)" t nil)
9534 ;;;***
9536 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9537 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9539 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9541 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9542 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9543 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9544 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9546 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9548 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9549 Not documented
9551 \(fn)" nil nil)
9553 ;;;***
9555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9557 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9559 ;;;***
9561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9562 ;;;;;; 53318))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9564 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9566 ;;;***
9568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9570 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9572 ;;;***
9574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9575 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9576 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9578 ;;;***
9580 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9581 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9583 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9585 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9586 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9588 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9590 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9591 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9592 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9594 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9596 ;;;***
9598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9600 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9602 ;;;***
9604 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9605 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9606 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9608 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9609 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9610 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9612 \(fn)" t nil)
9614 ;;;***
9616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9617 ;;;;;; 53318))
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9619 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9621 ;;;***
9623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9625 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9627 ;;;***
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9630 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9633 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9634 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9635 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
9637 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9639 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9640 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9641 mode line.
9643 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9644 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9645 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9648 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9650 ;;;***
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9653 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9655 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9657 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9658 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9659 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9660 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9662 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9664 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9665 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9666 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9670 ;;;***
9672 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9673 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9676 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9677 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9679 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9681 ;;;***
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9684 ;;;;;; 52082))
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9687 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9688 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9690 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9692 \(fn)" nil nil)
9694 ;;;***
9696 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9697 ;;;;;; 54411))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9700 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9701 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9705 ;;;***
9707 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9708 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9711 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9712 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9713 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9714 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9715 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9716 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9717 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9718 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9719 buffer selected (or created).
9721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9723 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9724 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9725 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9727 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9729 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9730 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9731 The result might be any Lisp object.
9732 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9733 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9734 corresponding to a successful execution.
9736 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9738 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9739 Report a bug in Eshell.
9740 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9741 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9743 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9745 ;;;***
9747 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9748 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9749 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9750 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9751 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9752 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9753 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9754 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9757 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9758 *File name of tags table.
9759 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9760 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9761 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9762 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9764 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9765 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9766 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9767 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9769 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9771 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9772 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9773 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9774 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9775 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9776 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9778 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9780 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9781 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9782 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9783 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9784 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9785 `auto-compression-mode').")
9787 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9789 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9790 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9791 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9792 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9793 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9795 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9797 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9798 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9799 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9800 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9802 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9804 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9805 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9806 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9807 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9808 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9810 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9812 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9813 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9815 \(fn)" t nil)
9817 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9818 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9819 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9820 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9822 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9823 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9824 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9825 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9826 file the tag was in.
9828 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9830 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9831 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9832 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9833 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9834 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9835 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9836 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9837 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9838 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9840 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9842 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9843 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9844 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9845 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9846 without directory names.
9848 \(fn)" nil nil)
9850 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9851 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9852 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9853 but does not select the buffer.
9854 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9856 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9857 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9858 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9859 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9860 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9862 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9864 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9865 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9866 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9868 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9870 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9872 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9873 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9874 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9875 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9877 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9878 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9879 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9880 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9881 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9883 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9885 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9886 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9887 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9889 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9891 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9892 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9894 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9895 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9896 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9897 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9898 around or before point.
9900 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9901 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9902 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9903 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9904 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9906 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9908 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9909 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9910 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9912 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9914 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9915 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9917 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9918 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9919 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9920 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9921 around or before point.
9923 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9924 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9925 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9926 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9927 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9929 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9931 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9932 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9933 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9935 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9937 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9938 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9940 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9941 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9942 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9944 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9945 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9946 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9947 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9948 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9950 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9952 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9953 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9954 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9956 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9958 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9959 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9960 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9962 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9963 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9965 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9966 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9967 where they were found.
9969 \(fn)" t nil)
9971 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9972 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9974 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9975 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9976 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9978 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9979 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9981 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9982 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9984 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9986 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9987 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9988 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9989 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9991 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9992 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9993 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9994 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9995 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9997 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9998 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10000 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10001 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10002 Stops when a match is found.
10003 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10005 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10007 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10009 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10010 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10011 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10012 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10013 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10015 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10017 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10019 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10020 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10021 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10022 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10023 directory specification.
10025 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10027 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10028 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10030 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10032 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10033 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10034 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10035 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10037 \(fn)" t nil)
10039 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10040 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10041 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10042 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10043 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10045 \(fn)" t nil)
10047 ;;;***
10049 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10050 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10051 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10052 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10053 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10054 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10055 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10056 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10059 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10060 Not documented
10062 \(fn)" nil nil)
10064 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10065 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10066 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10067 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10069 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10070 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10071 language.
10073 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10074 even if the buffer is read-only.
10076 See also the descriptions of the variables
10077 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10078 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10080 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10082 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10083 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10085 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10086 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10088 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10089 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10090 language.
10092 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10093 buffer is read-only.
10095 See also the descriptions of the variables
10096 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10097 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10099 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10101 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10102 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10103 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10110 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10111 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10113 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10114 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10118 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10119 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10120 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10121 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10123 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10125 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10126 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10127 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10128 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10130 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10131 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10132 the primary language.
10134 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10135 buffer is read-only.
10137 See also the descriptions of the variables
10138 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10139 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10141 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10143 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10144 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10145 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10146 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10148 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10149 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10150 primary language.
10152 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10153 buffer is read-only.
10155 See also the descriptions of the variables
10156 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10157 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10159 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10161 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10162 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10163 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10167 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10168 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10170 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10171 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10172 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10173 3) convert the body into SERA.
10175 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10177 \(fn)" t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10180 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10181 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10183 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10185 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10186 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10188 \(fn)" t nil)
10190 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10191 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10193 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10194 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10195 be 1, 2, or 3.
10197 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10198 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10199 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10201 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10203 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10205 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10206 Allow the user to input special characters.
10208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10210 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10211 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10212 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10214 \(fn)" t nil)
10216 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10217 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10219 \(fn)" t nil)
10221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10222 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10224 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10225 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10227 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10228 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10230 \(fn)" nil nil)
10232 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10233 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10235 \(fn)" nil nil)
10237 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10238 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10240 \(fn)" nil nil)
10242 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10243 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10245 \(fn)" nil nil)
10247 ;;;***
10249 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10250 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10251 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10254 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10255 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10256 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10257 server for future sessions.
10259 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10261 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10262 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10263 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10265 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10267 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10268 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10269 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10271 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10273 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10274 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10275 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10276 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10277 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10278 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10279 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10280 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10281 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10282 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10283 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10284 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10286 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10288 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10289 Display a form to query the directory server.
10290 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10291 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10293 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10295 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10296 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10297 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10299 \(fn)" t nil)
10301 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10303 ;;;***
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10306 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10307 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10310 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10311 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10313 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10315 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10316 Display URL and make it clickable.
10318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10320 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10321 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10323 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10325 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10326 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10328 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10330 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10331 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10333 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10335 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10336 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10338 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10340 ;;;***
10342 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10343 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10346 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10347 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10348 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10350 \(fn)" t nil)
10352 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10353 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10355 \(fn)" t nil)
10357 ;;;***
10359 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10360 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10363 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10364 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10366 \(fn)" t nil)
10368 ;;;***
10370 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10371 ;;;;;; 14283))
10372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10374 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10375 Create an empty ewoc.
10377 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10379 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10380 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10381 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10382 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10383 `insert-before-markers'.
10385 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10386 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10387 respectively, of the ewoc.
10389 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10390 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10391 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10393 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10395 ;;;***
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10398 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10399 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10400 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10403 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10404 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10405 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10407 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10409 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10410 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10411 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10412 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10413 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10415 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10417 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10418 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10419 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10420 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10421 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10422 executable.
10424 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10427 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10428 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10430 \(fn)" t nil)
10432 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10433 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10434 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10435 file modes.
10437 \(fn)" nil nil)
10439 ;;;***
10441 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10442 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10443 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10446 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10447 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10448 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10449 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10451 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10453 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10454 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10455 to generate such functions.
10457 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10458 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10459 beginning of the expanded text.
10461 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10462 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10463 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10464 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10466 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10468 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10470 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10471 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10472 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10474 \(fn)" nil nil)
10476 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10477 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10478 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10480 \(fn)" t nil)
10482 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10483 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10484 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10486 \(fn)" t nil)
10487 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10488 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10490 ;;;***
10492 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10495 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10496 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10497 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10499 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10500 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10501 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10503 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10505 Key definitions:
10506 \\{f90-mode-map}
10508 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10510 `f90-do-indent'
10511 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10512 `f90-if-indent'
10513 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10514 `f90-type-indent'
10515 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10516 `f90-program-indent'
10517 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10518 (default 2).
10519 `f90-continuation-indent'
10520 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10521 `f90-comment-region'
10522 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10523 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10524 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10525 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10526 (default \"!\").
10527 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10528 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10529 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10530 `f90-break-delimiters'
10531 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10532 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10533 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10534 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10535 (default t).
10536 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10537 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10538 `f90-smart-end'
10539 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10540 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10541 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10542 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10543 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10544 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10545 `f90-leave-line-no'
10546 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10548 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10549 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10551 \(fn)" t nil)
10553 ;;;***
10555 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10556 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10557 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10558 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10559 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10560 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10561 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10562 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10564 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10565 Menu keymap for faces.")
10567 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10569 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10570 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10572 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10574 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10575 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10577 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10579 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10580 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10582 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10584 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10585 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10587 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10589 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10590 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10592 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10594 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10595 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10597 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10599 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10601 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10603 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10605 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10606 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10608 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10609 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10610 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10611 to the faces to use for the next character
10612 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10613 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10615 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10616 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10617 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10618 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10619 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10620 preceding faces (including FACE).
10622 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10623 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10625 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10628 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10629 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10631 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10632 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10633 requested face.
10635 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10636 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10637 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10639 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10641 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10642 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10643 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10645 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10646 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10647 requested face.
10649 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10650 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10651 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10653 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10655 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10656 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10657 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10658 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10659 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10660 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10661 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10663 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10664 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10665 requested face.
10667 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10668 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10669 to insert cancels the specification.
10671 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10673 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10674 Make the region invisible.
10675 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10676 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10680 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10681 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10682 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10683 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10685 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10687 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10688 Make the region unmodifiable.
10689 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10690 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10692 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10694 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10695 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10697 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10699 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10700 Remove all text properties from the region.
10702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10704 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10705 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10706 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10708 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10710 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10711 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10713 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10715 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10716 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10717 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10718 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10719 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10720 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10722 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10724 ;;;***
10726 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10727 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10728 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10731 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10732 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10733 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10734 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10736 \(fn)" nil nil)
10738 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10739 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10743 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10744 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10745 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10746 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10750 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10751 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10752 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10753 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10754 backup file names and the like).
10756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10758 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10759 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10760 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10761 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10762 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10763 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10764 internally by feedmail):
10766 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10767 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10768 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10769 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10771 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10772 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10773 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10774 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10775 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10777 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10779 ;;;***
10781 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10782 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17829 31540))
10783 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10785 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10786 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10787 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10788 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10789 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10790 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10791 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10793 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10795 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10796 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10797 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10798 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10799 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10800 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10801 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10805 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10807 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10808 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10809 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10810 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10811 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10812 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10814 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10816 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10817 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10818 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10819 Return value:
10820 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10821 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10822 * otherwise, nil
10824 \(fn E)" t nil)
10826 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10827 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10829 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10831 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10832 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10834 \(fn)" t nil)
10836 ;;;***
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10839 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10840 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10841 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10842 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10844 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10845 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10846 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10847 be added to the cache.
10849 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10851 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10852 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10853 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10854 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10855 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10857 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10859 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10860 Add FILE to the file cache.
10862 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10864 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10865 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10866 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10868 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10870 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10871 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10872 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10874 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10876 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10877 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10878 This function does not use any external programs
10879 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10880 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10881 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10883 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10885 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10886 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10887 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10888 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10889 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10890 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10891 \(directories) is done.
10893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10894 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10895 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10896 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10898 ;;;***
10900 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10901 ;;;;;; 58279))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10904 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10905 Filesets initialization.
10906 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10908 \(fn)" nil nil)
10910 ;;;***
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17852 19718))
10913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10914 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10916 ;;;***
10918 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10919 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10920 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10923 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10924 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10925 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10926 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10927 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10929 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10931 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10932 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10933 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10934 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10935 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10937 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10939 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10940 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10941 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10942 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10944 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10946 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10947 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10948 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10950 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10952 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10953 as the final argument.
10955 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10957 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10958 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10959 and run dired on those files.
10960 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10961 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10963 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10965 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10967 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10968 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10969 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10971 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10973 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10975 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10977 ;;;***
10979 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10980 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10981 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10984 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10985 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10986 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10987 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10988 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10989 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10990 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10992 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10993 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10994 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10996 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10998 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11000 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11002 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11003 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11004 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11006 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11007 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11009 Variables of interest include:
11011 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11012 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11013 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11015 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11016 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11017 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11019 - `ff-ignore-include'
11020 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11022 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11023 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11025 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11026 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11028 - `ff-special-constructs'
11029 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11030 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11031 extracting the filename from that construct.
11033 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11034 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11036 - `ff-search-directories'
11037 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11038 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11040 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11041 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11043 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11044 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11046 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11047 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11049 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11050 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11052 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11053 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11055 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11057 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11058 Visit the file you click on.
11060 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11062 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11063 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11065 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11067 ;;;***
11069 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11070 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11071 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11072 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11073 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11074 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11078 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11079 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11081 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11084 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11085 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11086 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11088 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11089 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11090 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11091 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11093 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11095 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11096 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11098 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11099 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11100 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11101 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11103 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11104 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11105 in `load-path'.
11107 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11109 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11110 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11112 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11113 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11114 places point before the definition.
11115 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11117 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11118 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11119 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11121 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11123 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11124 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11126 See `find-function' for more details.
11128 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11130 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11131 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11133 See `find-function' for more details.
11135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11137 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11138 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11140 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11141 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11142 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11144 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11145 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11147 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11149 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11150 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11152 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11153 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11154 places point before the definition.
11156 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11158 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11159 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11160 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11162 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11164 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11165 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11167 See `find-variable' for more details.
11169 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11171 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11172 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11174 See `find-variable' for more details.
11176 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11178 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11179 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11180 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11181 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11182 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11183 buffer nor display it.
11185 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11186 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11188 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11191 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11193 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11194 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11195 places point before the definition.
11197 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11199 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11200 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11201 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11203 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11205 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11206 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11207 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11209 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11211 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11212 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11214 \(fn)" t nil)
11216 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11217 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11219 \(fn)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11222 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11224 \(fn)" nil nil)
11226 ;;;***
11228 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11229 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11232 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11233 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11235 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11238 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11240 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11243 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11245 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11247 ;;;***
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11250 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11253 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11254 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11256 \(fn)" t nil)
11258 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11259 Display FILE's commentary section.
11260 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11264 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11265 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11267 \(fn)" t nil)
11269 ;;;***
11271 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11272 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11273 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11275 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11276 Toggle flow control handling.
11277 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11278 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11280 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11282 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11283 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11284 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11285 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11286 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11287 to get the effect of a C-q.
11289 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11291 ;;;***
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11297 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11298 Not documented
11300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11302 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11303 Not documented
11305 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11310 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11313 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11314 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11315 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11316 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11320 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11321 Turn flymake mode on.
11323 \(fn)" nil nil)
11325 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11326 Turn flymake mode off.
11328 \(fn)" nil nil)
11330 ;;;***
11332 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11333 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11334 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17927 20254))
11335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11337 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11338 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11340 \(fn)" t nil)
11341 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11343 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11344 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11345 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11346 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11347 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11348 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11350 Bindings:
11351 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11352 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11353 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11354 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11356 Hooks:
11357 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11359 Remark:
11360 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11361 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11362 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11364 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11365 consider adding:
11366 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11367 in your .emacs file.
11369 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11370 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11374 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11375 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11377 \(fn)" nil nil)
11379 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11380 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11384 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11385 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11387 \(fn)" nil nil)
11389 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11390 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11392 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11394 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11395 Flyspell whole buffer.
11397 \(fn)" t nil)
11399 ;;;***
11401 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11402 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11403 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11404 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11406 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11407 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11409 \(fn)" t nil)
11411 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11412 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11414 \(fn)" t nil)
11416 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11417 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11419 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11420 of two major techniques:
11422 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11423 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11424 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11426 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11427 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11428 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11429 movement commands.
11431 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11432 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11433 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11434 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11435 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11436 mileage may vary).
11438 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11439 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11441 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11443 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11444 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11445 \(This is the default.)
11447 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11448 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11450 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11451 \\{follow-mode-map}
11453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11455 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11456 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11458 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11459 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11460 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11461 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11462 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11463 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11465 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11466 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11467 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11469 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11470 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11471 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11475 ;;;***
11477 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17842
11478 ;;;;;; 55035))
11479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11481 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11482 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11483 \\<message-mode-map>
11484 key binding
11485 --- -------
11487 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11488 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11489 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11490 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11491 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11492 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11496 ;;;***
11498 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11499 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11500 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11502 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11503 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11505 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11506 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11507 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11508 C-c < forms-first-record <
11509 C-c > forms-last-record >
11510 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11511 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11512 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11513 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11514 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11515 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11516 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11517 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11518 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11519 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11521 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11523 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11524 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11526 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11528 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11529 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11531 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11533 ;;;***
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11536 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11539 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11540 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11541 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11542 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11543 with a character in column 6.")
11545 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11547 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11548 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11549 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11551 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11552 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11554 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11556 Key definitions:
11557 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11559 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11561 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11562 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11563 `fortran-do-indent'
11564 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11565 `fortran-if-indent'
11566 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11567 `fortran-structure-indent'
11568 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11569 (default 3)
11570 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11571 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11572 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11573 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11574 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11575 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11576 nil don't change the indentation
11577 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11578 value of either
11579 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11580 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11581 depending on the continuation format in use.
11582 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11583 indentation for a line of code.
11584 (default 'fixed)
11585 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11586 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11587 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11588 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11589 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11590 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11591 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11592 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11593 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11594 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11595 column 5.
11596 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11597 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11598 statements (default nil).
11599 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11600 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11601 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11602 `fortran-continuation-string'
11603 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11604 line (default \"$\").
11605 `fortran-comment-region'
11606 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11607 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11608 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11609 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11610 as typed (default t).
11611 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11612 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11614 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11615 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11617 \(fn)" t nil)
11619 ;;;***
11621 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11622 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11625 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11626 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11628 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11629 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11631 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11634 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11636 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11637 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11639 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11641 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11642 Compile fortune file.
11644 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11645 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11647 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11649 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11650 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11652 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11653 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11654 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11655 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11657 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11659 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11660 Display a fortune cookie.
11662 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11663 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11664 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11665 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11667 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11669 ;;;***
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11672 ;;;;;; (17893 61665))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11675 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11676 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11677 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11678 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11680 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11681 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11682 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11683 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11685 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11686 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11687 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11688 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11689 some of the buffers.
11691 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11693 The following commands help control operation :
11695 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11696 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11698 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11699 detailed description of this mode.
11702 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11703 | GDB Toolbar |
11704 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11705 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11706 | | |
11707 | | |
11708 | | |
11709 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11710 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11711 | | (comint-mode) |
11712 | | |
11713 | | |
11714 | | |
11715 | | |
11716 | | |
11717 | | |
11718 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11719 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11720 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11721 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11722 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11723 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11725 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11727 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11728 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11730 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11735 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11736 ;;;;;; 54152))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11739 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11740 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11741 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11742 instead (which see).")
11744 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11745 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11747 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11748 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11749 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11750 documentation string instead.
11752 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11753 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11754 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11755 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11756 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11757 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11758 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11759 enders are actually possible.
11761 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11762 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11764 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11765 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11766 `font-lock-keywords'.
11768 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11769 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11770 runs the macro expansion.
11772 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11773 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11774 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11776 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11778 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11780 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11781 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11783 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11785 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11786 Enter generic mode MODE.
11788 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11789 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11790 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11792 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11793 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11795 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11797 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11798 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11799 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11800 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11801 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11802 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11803 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11804 `font-lock-keywords'.
11806 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11811 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11814 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11815 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11816 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11817 at places they belong to.
11819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11821 ;;;***
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11824 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11827 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11828 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11830 Guideline for numbers:
11831 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11832 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11833 inside loops.
11835 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11837 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11838 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11839 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11841 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11843 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11844 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11846 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11848 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11849 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11851 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11852 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11853 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11854 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11855 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11856 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11858 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11859 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11860 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11861 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11862 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11864 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11866 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11868 ;;;***
11870 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11871 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11873 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11874 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11876 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11877 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11881 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11882 Read network news.
11883 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11884 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11885 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11886 name of an NNTP server to use.
11887 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11888 server.
11890 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11892 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11893 Read news as a slave.
11895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11897 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11898 Pop up a frame to read news.
11899 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11900 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11901 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11902 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11903 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11904 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11905 current display is used.
11907 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11909 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11910 Read network news.
11911 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11912 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11913 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11915 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11920 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11921 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11922 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11923 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11924 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11927 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11928 Start Gnus unplugged.
11930 \(fn)" t nil)
11932 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11933 Start Gnus plugged.
11935 \(fn)" t nil)
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11938 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11943 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11945 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11946 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11947 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11949 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11950 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11951 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11953 \(fn)" t nil)
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11956 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11958 \(fn)" nil nil)
11960 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11962 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11963 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11964 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11965 supported.
11967 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11969 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11970 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11971 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11972 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11973 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11974 supported.
11976 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11978 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11979 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11981 \(fn)" nil nil)
11983 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11984 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11985 downloaded into the agent.
11987 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11989 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11990 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11991 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11992 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11994 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11997 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12001 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12002 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12006 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12007 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12008 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12010 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12012 ;;;***
12014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12015 ;;;;;; (17938 29201))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12018 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12019 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12021 \(fn)" nil nil)
12023 ;;;***
12025 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12026 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12029 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12030 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12032 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12034 ;;;***
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12037 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12038 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12039 ;;;;;; 54741))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12043 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12045 Usage:
12046 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12048 \(fn)" t nil)
12050 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12051 Generate the cache active file.
12053 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12055 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12056 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12058 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12061 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12062 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12063 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12064 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12065 supported.
12067 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12069 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12070 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12071 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12072 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12073 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12074 supported.
12076 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12081 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12084 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12085 Delay this article by some time.
12086 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12088 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12089 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12091 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12092 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12094 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12095 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12097 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12099 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12100 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12102 \(fn)" t nil)
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12105 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12106 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12107 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12109 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12110 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12112 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12117 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17842 54741))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12120 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12121 Not documented
12123 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12125 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12126 Not documented
12128 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12133 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12136 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12137 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12139 \(fn)" nil nil)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12144 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12147 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12148 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12152 ;;;***
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12155 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12156 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12157 ;;;;;; 54741))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12160 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12161 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12163 \(fn)" t nil)
12165 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12166 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12168 \(fn)" t nil)
12170 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12171 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12173 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12176 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12178 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12180 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12181 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12182 The PNG is returned as a string.
12184 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12186 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12187 Convert FILE to a Face.
12188 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12189 726 bytes.
12191 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12193 ;;;***
12195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12196 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12200 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12201 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12203 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12205 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12206 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12208 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12210 ;;;***
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12213 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12216 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12218 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12219 Run batched scoring.
12220 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12222 \(fn)" t nil)
12224 ;;;***
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12227 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12228 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12231 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12232 Not documented
12234 \(fn)" nil nil)
12236 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12237 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12238 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12240 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12242 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12243 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12245 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12249 ;;;***
12251 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12252 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12253 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12257 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12258 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12259 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12260 group parameters.
12262 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12263 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12264 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12265 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12267 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12268 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12269 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12270 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12271 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12272 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12273 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12274 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12275 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12276 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12278 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12280 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12281 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12282 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12283 nil CATCH-ALL).
12285 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12286 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12288 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12290 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12291 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12292 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12294 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12296 \(fn)" nil nil)
12298 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12299 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12300 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12302 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12304 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12305 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12306 existing groups are considered.
12308 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12309 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12310 returned.
12312 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12313 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12314 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12315 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12316 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12317 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12318 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12319 clauses will be generated.
12321 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12322 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12323 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12324 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12325 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12326 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12328 For example, given the following group parameters:
12330 nnml:mail.bar:
12331 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12332 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12333 nnml:mail.foo:
12334 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12335 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12336 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12337 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12338 nnml:mail.others:
12339 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12341 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12343 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12344 \"mail.bar\")
12345 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12346 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12347 \"mail.others\")
12349 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12351 ;;;***
12353 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12354 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12357 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12358 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12359 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12361 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12363 ;;;***
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12366 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17938 61442))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12369 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12370 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12371 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12372 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12374 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12377 Mail to ADDRESS.
12379 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12381 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12382 Like `message-reply'.
12384 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12386 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12388 ;;;***
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12391 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12395 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12397 \(fn)" t nil)
12399 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12400 Load the NoCeM cache.
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12404 ;;;***
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12407 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12408 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12411 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12412 Display picons in the From header.
12413 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12417 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12418 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12419 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12421 \(fn)" t nil)
12423 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12424 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12425 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12432 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12433 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12434 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12435 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12438 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12439 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12440 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12441 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12443 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12446 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12447 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12448 LIST1 is modified.
12450 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12453 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12454 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12459 Not documented
12461 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12463 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12464 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12465 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12467 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12469 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12470 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12471 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12473 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12475 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12477 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12478 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12479 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12481 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12483 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12484 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12485 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12487 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12489 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12490 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12491 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12493 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12496 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12498 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12500 ;;;***
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12503 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12506 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12507 Not documented
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12511 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12512 Install the registry hooks.
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12516 ;;;***
12518 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12519 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12520 ;;;;;; 54741))
12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12523 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12524 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12525 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12526 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12527 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12528 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12530 \(fn)" t nil)
12532 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12533 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12534 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12535 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12536 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12538 \(fn)" t nil)
12540 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12541 Not documented
12543 \(fn)" t nil)
12545 ;;;***
12547 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12548 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12551 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12552 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12553 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12554 for matching on group names.
12556 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12557 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12559 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12561 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12565 ;;;***
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12568 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12571 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12572 Update the format specification near point.
12574 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12576 ;;;***
12578 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12579 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12580 ;;;;;; 54741))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12583 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12584 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12586 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12588 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12589 Not documented
12591 \(fn)" nil nil)
12593 ;;;***
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12596 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12599 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12600 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12602 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12604 ;;;***
12606 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17842 55395))
12607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12609 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12610 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12612 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12613 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12614 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12616 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12617 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12618 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12620 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12621 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12623 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12624 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12626 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12628 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12630 ;;;***
12632 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12633 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12634 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12636 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12638 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12639 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12640 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12641 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12642 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12644 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12646 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12647 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12648 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12649 or to send e-mail.
12650 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12651 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12653 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12654 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12656 \(fn)" t nil)
12657 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12659 ;;;***
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12662 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12663 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17908 16392))
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12666 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12667 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12669 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12671 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12672 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12673 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12674 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12675 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12677 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12678 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12680 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12682 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12683 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12684 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12685 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12687 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12689 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12690 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12692 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12694 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12695 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12697 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12698 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12699 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12701 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12702 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12703 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12705 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12706 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12708 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12709 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12711 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12713 (defvar grep-history nil)
12715 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12717 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12718 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12719 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12721 \(fn)" nil nil)
12723 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12724 Not documented
12726 \(fn)" nil nil)
12728 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12729 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12731 \(fn)" nil nil)
12733 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12734 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12735 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12736 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12737 where grep found matches.
12739 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12740 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12742 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12743 easily repeat a grep command.
12745 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12746 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12747 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12748 if that history list is empty).
12750 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12753 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12754 Collect output in a buffer.
12755 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12756 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12758 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12759 easily repeat a find command.
12761 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12763 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12765 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12766 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12767 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12768 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12769 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12771 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12772 before it is executed.
12773 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12775 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12776 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12777 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12779 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12781 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12783 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12784 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12785 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12786 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12787 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12789 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12790 before it is executed.
12791 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12793 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12794 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12795 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12797 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12799 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12801 ;;;***
12803 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12806 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12807 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12808 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12809 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12810 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12812 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12814 ;;;***
12816 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12817 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17938 61442))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12820 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12821 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12823 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12824 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12825 `gdba' for more information.
12827 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12828 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12829 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12830 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12831 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12832 session.
12834 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12836 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12837 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12838 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12839 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12841 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12844 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12845 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12846 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12848 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12851 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12852 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12853 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12855 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12856 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12858 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12860 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12861 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12862 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12863 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12865 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12867 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12868 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12869 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12870 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12872 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12875 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12876 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12877 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12878 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12880 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12881 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12882 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12883 original source file access method.
12885 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12886 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12888 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12889 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12891 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12893 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12894 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12896 \(fn)" t nil)
12898 ;;;***
12900 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12901 ;;;;;; 55395))
12902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12904 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12905 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12906 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12907 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12909 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12910 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12911 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12912 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12914 \(fn)" t nil)
12916 ;;;***
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12919 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12922 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12923 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12925 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12927 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12928 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12929 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12930 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12932 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12934 \(fn)" t nil)
12936 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12937 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12938 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12939 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12940 to be updated.
12942 \(fn)" t nil)
12944 ;;;***
12946 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12947 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12948 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12949 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12952 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12953 Return the help-echo string at point.
12954 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12955 property, or nil, is returned.
12956 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12957 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12958 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12960 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12962 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12963 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12964 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12965 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12966 this produces no string either, return nil.
12968 \(fn)" nil nil)
12970 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12971 Display local help in the echo area.
12972 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12973 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12974 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12975 printed instead.
12977 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12978 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12979 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12983 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12984 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12985 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12989 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12990 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12991 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12993 \(fn)" t nil)
12995 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12996 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12997 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12998 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12999 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13000 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13001 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13002 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13003 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13004 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13005 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13007 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13008 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13009 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13010 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13011 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13013 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13014 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13015 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13016 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13017 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13018 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13019 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13020 The default is `never'.")
13022 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13024 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13025 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13026 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13027 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13028 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13029 considered different regions.
13031 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13032 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13033 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13034 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13035 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13036 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13037 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13038 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13039 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13041 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13043 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13045 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13046 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13047 different regions.
13049 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13050 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13051 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13052 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13053 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13054 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13055 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13056 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13058 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13059 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13060 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13061 rarely happens in practice.
13063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13065 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13066 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13067 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13068 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13069 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13070 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13074 ;;;***
13076 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13077 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13078 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13079 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13080 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13082 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13083 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13085 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13087 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13088 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13089 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13091 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13094 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13096 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13098 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13099 Not documented
13101 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13103 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13104 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13105 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13106 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13108 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13110 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13111 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13112 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13113 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13114 it is displayed along with the global value.
13116 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13118 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13119 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13120 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13121 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13123 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13125 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13126 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13127 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13128 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13129 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13131 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13133 ;;;***
13135 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13136 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13139 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13140 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13141 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13142 and window listing and describing the options.
13143 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13144 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13146 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13148 ;;;***
13150 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13151 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13152 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13153 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13155 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13156 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13157 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13158 Commands:
13159 \\{help-mode-map}
13161 \(fn)" t nil)
13163 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13164 Not documented
13166 \(fn)" nil nil)
13168 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13169 Not documented
13171 \(fn)" nil nil)
13173 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13174 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13176 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13177 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13178 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13179 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13181 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13182 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13183 restore it properly when going back.
13185 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13188 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13190 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13191 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13192 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13193 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13194 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13195 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13196 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13197 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13199 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13200 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13201 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13202 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13204 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13205 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13206 that.
13208 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13210 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13211 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13212 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13213 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13214 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13215 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13217 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13219 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13220 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13221 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13222 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13223 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13225 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13227 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13228 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13230 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13232 ;;;***
13234 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13238 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13239 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13241 \(fn)" t nil)
13243 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13244 Provide help for current mode.
13246 \(fn)" t nil)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13251 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13254 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13255 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13256 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13257 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13258 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13260 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13261 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13263 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13264 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13265 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13266 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13268 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13269 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13270 periods.
13272 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13273 in hexl format.
13275 A sample format:
13277 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13278 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13279 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13280 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13281 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13282 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13283 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13284 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13285 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13286 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13287 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13288 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13289 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13290 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13291 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13293 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13294 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13295 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13297 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13298 also supported.
13300 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13302 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13303 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13304 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13306 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13307 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13308 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13310 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13311 into the buffer at the current point.
13313 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13314 into the buffer at the current point.
13316 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13317 into the buffer at the current point.
13319 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13321 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13322 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13324 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13326 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13330 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13331 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13332 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13333 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13335 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13337 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13338 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13339 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13341 \(fn)" t nil)
13343 ;;;***
13345 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13346 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13347 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13348 ;;;;;; (17860 50601))
13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13351 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13352 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13354 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13355 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13356 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13357 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13358 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13359 called interactively, are:
13361 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13362 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13364 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13365 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13366 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13367 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13369 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13370 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13372 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13373 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13375 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13376 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13377 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13378 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13379 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13380 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13382 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13383 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13385 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13386 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13387 Hi-lock: FOO
13388 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13389 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13390 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13391 Patterns will be read until
13392 Hi-lock: end
13393 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13397 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13398 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13399 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13402 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13404 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13406 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13407 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13408 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13409 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13410 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13414 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13416 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13417 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13419 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13420 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13421 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13422 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13424 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13426 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13428 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13429 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13431 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13432 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13433 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13434 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13436 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13438 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13440 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13441 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13443 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13444 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13446 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13448 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13450 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13451 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13453 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13454 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13455 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13456 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13457 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13459 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13461 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13462 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13464 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13465 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13466 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13468 \(fn)" t nil)
13470 ;;;***
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13473 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13476 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13477 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13478 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13479 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13480 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13481 how the hiding is done:
13483 `hide-ifdef-env'
13484 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13485 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13486 is used.
13488 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13489 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13490 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13491 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13492 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13494 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13495 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13496 #endif lines when hiding.
13498 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13499 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13500 is activated.
13502 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13503 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13504 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13506 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13510 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13511 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13513 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13515 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13516 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13518 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13520 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13521 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13523 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13525 ;;;***
13527 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13528 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13531 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13532 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13533 Each element has the form
13534 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13536 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13537 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13539 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13540 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13542 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13543 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13544 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13545 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13546 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13547 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13549 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13550 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13552 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13553 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13555 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13556 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13557 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13559 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13560 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13561 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13562 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13563 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13564 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13566 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13567 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13568 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13570 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13571 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13573 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13575 Key bindings:
13576 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13580 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13581 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13583 \(fn)" nil nil)
13585 ;;;***
13587 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13588 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13589 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13590 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13591 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13592 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13594 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13595 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13596 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13598 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13600 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13601 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13603 Without an argument:
13604 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13605 or passive state as determined by the variable
13606 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13607 and passive state.
13609 With an argument ARG:
13610 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13611 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13612 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13614 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13615 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13616 not displayed in a different face.
13618 Functions:
13619 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13620 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13621 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13622 buffer with the contents of a file
13623 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13624 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13625 various faces
13627 Hook variables:
13628 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13629 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13630 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13634 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13635 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13637 \(fn)" t nil)
13639 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13640 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13642 \(fn)" t nil)
13644 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13645 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13647 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13648 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13649 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13650 shown in the last face in the list.
13652 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13653 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13654 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13656 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13658 \(fn)" t nil)
13660 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13663 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13665 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13666 to save the file.
13668 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13669 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13671 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13672 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13673 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13675 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13677 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13678 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13680 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13681 this function is called interactively.
13683 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13684 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13685 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13687 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13688 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13689 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13691 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13693 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13694 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13696 When called interactively:
13697 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13698 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13699 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13700 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13702 When called from a program:
13703 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13704 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13705 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13706 - otherwise just turn it on
13708 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13709 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13710 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13711 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13715 ;;;***
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13718 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13721 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13724 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13725 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13726 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13727 or insert functions in this list.")
13729 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13731 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13732 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13734 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13736 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13737 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13739 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13741 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13742 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13744 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13746 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13747 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13749 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13751 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13752 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13753 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13755 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13757 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13758 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13759 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13760 \(as atoms)")
13762 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13764 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13765 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13766 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13767 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13768 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13770 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13772 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13773 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13774 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13775 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13776 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13777 expansions.
13778 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13779 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13780 undoes the expansion.
13782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13784 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13785 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13786 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13787 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13789 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13791 ;;;***
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13794 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13797 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13798 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13799 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13801 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13802 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13803 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13804 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13805 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13807 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13808 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13809 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13810 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13814 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13815 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13816 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13819 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13821 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13823 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13824 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13825 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13827 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13828 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13832 ;;;***
13834 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13835 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13838 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13839 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13840 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13842 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13847 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13849 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13850 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13851 different list. For example,
13853 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13854 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13856 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13857 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13859 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13860 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13861 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13862 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13863 of a holiday list.
13865 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13867 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13869 ;;;***
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13872 ;;;;;; 54741))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13875 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13876 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13878 \(fn)" t nil)
13880 ;;;***
13882 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13905 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13907 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13908 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13909 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13916 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13921 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13926 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13931 \(fn)" t nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13936 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13941 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Not documented
13957 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13962 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Remove the first filter group.
13972 \(fn)" t nil)
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13977 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Remove all filter groups.
13982 \(fn)" t nil)
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13987 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13991 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13993 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13995 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13996 Kill the filter group at point.
13997 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13999 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14004 \(fn)" t nil)
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14009 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14013 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14014 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14016 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14018 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14020 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14022 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14026 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14027 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14028 of replacing the current filters.
14030 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14035 \(fn)" t nil)
14037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14040 \(fn)" t nil)
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14045 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14046 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14047 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14049 \(fn)" t nil)
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14054 \(fn)" t nil)
14056 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14063 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14064 filter into parts.
14066 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14070 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14072 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14077 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14082 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14086 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14087 of replacing the current filters.
14089 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14099 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14100 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14101 Default sorting modes are:
14102 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14103 Name - the name of the buffer
14104 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14105 Size - the size of the buffer
14107 \(fn)" t nil)
14109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14112 \(fn)" t nil)
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14118 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14119 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14123 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14124 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14125 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14126 for this Ibuffer session.
14128 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14132 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14133 for this Ibuffer session.
14135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14137 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14140 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14141 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14143 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14144 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14146 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14148 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14149 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14151 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14152 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14154 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14156 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14159 \(fn)" t nil)
14161 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14164 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14165 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14166 hidden group filter, open it.
14168 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14169 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14170 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14172 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14176 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14178 \(fn)" t nil)
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14183 The names are separated by a space.
14184 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14186 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14187 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14188 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14189 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14191 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14198 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14203 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14208 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14213 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all modified buffers.
14218 \(fn)" t nil)
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14223 \(fn)" t nil)
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14248 \(fn)" t nil)
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark all read-only buffers.
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14258 \(fn)" t nil)
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14262 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14263 defaults to one.
14265 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14267 ;;;***
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14270 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14271 ;;;;;; 58279))
14272 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14274 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14277 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14278 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14279 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14281 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14282 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14283 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14284 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14285 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14286 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14288 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14289 title of the column.
14291 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14292 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14293 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14294 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14295 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14297 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14299 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14300 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14301 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14302 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14303 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14305 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14306 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14307 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14309 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14311 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14312 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14313 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14314 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14315 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14316 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14318 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14319 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14320 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14321 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14322 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14323 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14324 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14325 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14326 values are:
14327 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14328 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14329 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14330 buffer's modification flag.
14331 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14332 prompted before performing this operation.
14333 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14334 operation is complete, in the form:
14335 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14336 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14337 confirmation message, in the form:
14338 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14339 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14340 macro for exactly what it does.
14342 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14344 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14345 Define a filter named NAME.
14346 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14347 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14348 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14350 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14351 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14352 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14353 bound to the current value of the filter.
14355 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14357 ;;;***
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14360 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14364 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14365 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14366 buffers which are visiting a file.
14368 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14370 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14371 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14372 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14373 buffers which are visiting a file.
14375 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14377 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14378 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14379 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14381 All arguments are optional.
14382 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14383 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14384 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14385 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14386 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14387 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14388 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14389 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14390 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14391 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14392 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14393 that value locally in this buffer.
14395 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14397 ;;;***
14399 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14400 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14401 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14404 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14405 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14406 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14407 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14409 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14411 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14412 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14413 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14414 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14415 ICAL-FILENAME.
14416 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14417 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14418 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14420 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14422 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14423 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14424 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14425 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14426 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14427 non-marking or not.
14429 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14431 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14432 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14434 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14435 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14436 DIARY-FILE.
14438 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14439 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14440 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14442 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14443 non-marking.
14445 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14446 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14447 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14449 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14451 ;;;***
14453 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14454 ;;;;;; 1407))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14457 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14458 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14459 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14462 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14464 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14466 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14467 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14468 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14472 ;;;***
14474 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14477 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14478 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14479 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14480 Tab indents for Icon code.
14481 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14482 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14483 \\{icon-mode-map}
14484 Variables controlling indentation style:
14485 icon-tab-always-indent
14486 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14487 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14488 icon-auto-newline
14489 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14490 inserted in Icon code.
14491 icon-indent-level
14492 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14493 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14494 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14495 icon-continued-statement-offset
14496 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14497 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14498 icon-continued-brace-offset
14499 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14500 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14501 icon-brace-offset
14502 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14503 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14504 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14505 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14507 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14508 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14510 \(fn)" t nil)
14512 ;;;***
14514 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14515 ;;;;;; (17935 59227))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14518 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14519 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14520 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14521 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14523 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14524 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14525 separate frames.
14527 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14528 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14530 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14531 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14532 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14536 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14538 ;;;***
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14541 ;;;;;; (17935 59227))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14544 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14545 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14547 The main features of this mode are
14549 1. Indentation and Formatting
14550 --------------------------
14551 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14552 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14554 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14555 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14556 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14557 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14559 Comments are indented as follows:
14561 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14562 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14563 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14565 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14567 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14568 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14569 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14570 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14571 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14572 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14574 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14575 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14576 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14577 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14579 2. Routine Info
14580 ------------
14581 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14582 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14583 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14584 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14585 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14586 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14587 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14588 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14589 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14590 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14592 3. Online IDL Help
14593 ---------------
14595 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14596 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14597 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14598 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14600 4. Completion
14601 ----------
14602 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14603 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14604 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14605 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14606 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14607 upper case.
14609 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14610 --------------------------------
14611 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14612 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14614 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14615 \\fu FUNCTION template
14616 \\c CASE statement template
14617 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14618 \\f FOR loop template
14619 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14620 \\w WHILE loop template
14621 \\i IF statement template
14622 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14623 \\b BEGIN
14625 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14626 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14628 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14629 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14630 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14631 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14633 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14634 -------------------------
14635 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14636 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14638 7. Automatic END completion
14639 ------------------------
14640 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14641 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14643 8. Hooks
14644 -----
14645 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14646 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14648 9. Documentation and Customization
14649 -------------------------------
14650 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14651 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14652 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14653 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14654 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14656 10.Keybindings
14657 -----------
14658 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14659 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14660 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14662 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14667 ;;;***
14669 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14670 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14671 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14672 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14673 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14674 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14675 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14676 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17932
14677 ;;;;;; 16456))
14678 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14680 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14681 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14682 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14683 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14684 displaying...)
14685 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14686 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14687 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14690 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14692 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14694 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14695 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14696 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14697 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14698 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14699 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14700 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14701 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14702 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14706 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another buffer.
14708 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14709 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14710 in another frame.
14712 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14713 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14714 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14715 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14716 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14718 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14719 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14721 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14722 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14724 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14725 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14726 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14727 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14728 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14729 in a separate window.
14730 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14731 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14732 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14733 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14735 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14736 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14737 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14738 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14742 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14743 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14744 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14749 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14750 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14751 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14756 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14757 Kill a buffer.
14758 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14764 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14765 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14771 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14772 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14778 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14780 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14782 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14783 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14784 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14785 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14786 visible in another frame.
14788 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14789 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14790 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14791 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14792 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14793 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14795 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14796 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14798 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14799 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14801 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14802 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14803 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14804 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14805 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14806 in a separate window.
14807 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14808 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14809 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14810 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14811 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14812 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14813 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14814 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14815 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14816 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14817 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14818 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14820 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14821 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14825 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14826 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14832 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14833 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14834 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14839 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14840 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14841 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14842 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14846 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14847 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14853 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14854 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14855 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14861 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14862 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14863 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14868 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14869 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14870 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14874 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14875 Write current buffer to a file.
14876 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14877 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14881 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14882 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14888 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14889 Call `dired' the ido way.
14890 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14895 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14896 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14897 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14898 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14899 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14900 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14902 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14904 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14905 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14906 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14907 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14909 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14912 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14913 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14914 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14916 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14918 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14919 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14920 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14921 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14922 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14923 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14924 with `completing-read'.
14925 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14926 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14927 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14928 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14929 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14930 with point positioned at the end.
14931 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14932 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14934 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14936 ;;;***
14938 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14939 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14940 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14942 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14943 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14944 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14948 ;;;***
14950 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14951 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
14952 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14954 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14955 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14959 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14960 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14964 ;;;***
14966 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14967 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14968 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14969 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14970 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14973 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14974 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14975 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14976 be determined.
14978 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14980 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14981 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14982 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14983 be determined.
14985 \(fn)" nil nil)
14987 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14988 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14989 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14990 be determined.
14992 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14994 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14995 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14996 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14997 be determined.
14999 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15001 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15002 Determine and return image type.
15003 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15004 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15005 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15006 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15007 use its file extension as image type.
15008 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15010 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15012 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15013 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15014 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15016 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15018 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15019 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15020 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15022 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15023 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15024 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15025 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15026 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15027 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15028 steps succeed.
15030 \(fn)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15033 Create an image.
15034 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15035 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15036 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15037 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15038 use its file extension as image type.
15039 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15040 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15041 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15042 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15044 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15046 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15048 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15049 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15050 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15051 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15052 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15053 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15054 POS may be an integer or marker.
15055 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15056 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15057 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15058 means display it in the right marginal area.
15060 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15062 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15063 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15064 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15065 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15066 defaulted if you omit it.
15067 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15068 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15069 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15070 means display it in the right marginal area.
15071 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15072 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15073 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15074 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15075 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15077 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15079 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15080 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15081 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15082 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15083 defaulted if you omit it.
15084 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15085 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15086 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15087 means display it in the right marginal area.
15088 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15090 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15092 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15093 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15094 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15095 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15097 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15099 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15100 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15102 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15104 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15105 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15106 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15107 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15108 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15109 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15110 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15111 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15112 satisfied.
15114 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15116 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15118 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15120 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15121 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15123 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15124 documentation string.
15126 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15127 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15128 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15129 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15130 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15131 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15132 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15133 define SYMBOL.
15135 Example:
15137 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15138 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15140 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15142 ;;;***
15144 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15145 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15146 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15149 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15150 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15151 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15152 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15154 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15155 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15156 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15157 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15159 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15161 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15162 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15163 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15164 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15166 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15167 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15168 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15169 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15171 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15173 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15174 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15176 \(fn)" nil nil)
15178 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15179 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15180 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15181 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15183 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15185 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15186 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15187 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15190 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15192 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15194 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15195 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15196 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15197 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15199 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15200 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15201 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15205 ;;;***
15207 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15208 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15209 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15210 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15211 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15212 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15213 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15214 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15215 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15217 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15218 Major mode for image files.
15219 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15220 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15224 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15225 Toggle Image minor mode.
15226 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15227 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15231 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15232 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15233 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15234 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15235 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15236 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15238 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15239 information on these modes.
15241 \(fn)" t nil)
15243 ;;;***
15245 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15246 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15247 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15249 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15250 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15252 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15254 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15255 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15256 in the buffer.
15258 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15260 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15261 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15262 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15264 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15266 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15267 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15269 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15270 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15271 pattern's structure.
15273 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15274 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15275 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15276 during matching.")
15278 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15280 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15281 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15283 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15284 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15285 called within a `save-excursion'.
15287 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15289 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15291 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15292 Function for finding the next index position.
15294 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15295 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15296 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15297 file.
15299 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15300 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15302 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15304 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15305 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15307 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15308 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15309 It should return the name for that index item.")
15311 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15313 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15314 Function to compare string with index item.
15316 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15317 non-nil if they match.
15319 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15320 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15321 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15322 arguments match\".")
15324 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15326 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15327 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15328 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15330 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15332 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15334 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15336 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15337 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15338 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15339 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15341 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15343 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15344 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15346 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15348 \(fn)" t nil)
15350 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15351 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15352 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15353 for more information.
15355 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15357 ;;;***
15359 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15360 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15361 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15362 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15364 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15365 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15367 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15369 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15370 Not documented
15372 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15374 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15375 Not documented
15377 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15379 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15380 Not documented
15382 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15384 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15385 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15386 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15387 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15388 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15390 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15392 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15393 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15394 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15395 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15396 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15398 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15400 ;;;***
15402 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15403 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15407 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15408 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15409 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15410 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15411 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15413 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15415 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15416 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15418 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15420 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15421 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15422 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15423 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15424 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15425 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15426 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15427 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15429 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15431 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15432 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15433 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15434 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15435 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15437 This variable is only used if the variable
15438 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15440 More precise choices:
15441 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15442 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15443 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15445 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15447 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15449 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15450 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15452 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15453 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15454 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15455 to that buffer.
15456 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15457 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15458 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15459 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15461 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15462 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15464 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15466 ;;;***
15468 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15469 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15470 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15471 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17936 34375))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15474 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15475 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15477 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15478 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15479 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15481 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15482 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15483 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15484 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15485 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15486 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15487 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15488 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15489 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15490 with the top-level Info directory.
15492 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15493 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15494 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15495 appended to the Info buffer name.
15497 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15498 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15499 in all the directories in that path.
15501 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15503 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15504 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15506 \(fn)" t nil)
15508 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15509 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15510 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15511 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15513 \(fn)" nil nil)
15515 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15516 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15517 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15518 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15520 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15522 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15523 Go to the Info directory node.
15525 \(fn)" t nil)
15527 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15528 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15529 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15530 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15531 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15532 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15534 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15536 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15537 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15538 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15540 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15542 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15543 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15544 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15545 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15546 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15548 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15549 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15551 Selecting other nodes:
15552 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15553 Follow a node reference you click on.
15554 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15555 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15556 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15557 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15558 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15559 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15560 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15561 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15562 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15563 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15564 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15565 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15566 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15567 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15568 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15569 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15570 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15571 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15572 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15573 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15575 Moving within a node:
15576 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15577 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15578 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15579 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15580 move up to the parent node.
15581 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15582 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15583 if there is none.
15584 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15586 Advanced commands:
15587 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15588 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15589 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15590 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15591 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15592 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15593 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15594 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15595 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15596 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15597 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15598 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15599 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15600 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15601 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15602 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15604 \(fn)" nil nil)
15605 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15607 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15608 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15609 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15610 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15611 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15612 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15614 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15615 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15617 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15618 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15619 KEY is a string.
15620 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15621 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15622 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15623 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15625 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15627 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15628 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15629 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15631 \(fn)" t nil)
15633 ;;;***
15635 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15636 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15637 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15638 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15640 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15641 Throw away all cached data.
15642 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15643 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15644 system.
15646 \(fn)" t nil)
15647 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15649 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15650 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15651 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15652 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15653 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15654 one found at point.
15656 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15658 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15659 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15661 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15662 Display the documentation of a file.
15663 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15664 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15665 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15666 The default file name is the one found at point.
15668 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15670 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15672 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15673 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15675 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15678 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15680 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15682 ;;;***
15684 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15685 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15686 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15688 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15689 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15691 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15693 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15694 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15695 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15697 \(fn)" t nil)
15699 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15700 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15701 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15703 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15704 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15705 quite a while.
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15709 ;;;***
15711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15712 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15713 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15715 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15716 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15718 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15720 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15721 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15722 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15724 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15725 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15726 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15728 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15729 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15730 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15731 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15735 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15736 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15737 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15739 \(fn)" t nil)
15741 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15742 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15743 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15744 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15745 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15747 \(fn)" nil nil)
15749 ;;;***
15751 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15752 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15753 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15756 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15757 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15759 \(fn)" t nil)
15761 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15762 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15766 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15767 Not documented
15769 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15771 ;;;***
15773 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15774 ;;;;;; 44913))
15775 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15777 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15778 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15779 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15780 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15781 accessed via isearchb.
15783 \(fn)" t nil)
15785 ;;;***
15787 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15788 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15789 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15790 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17842 54888))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15793 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15794 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15795 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15796 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15798 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15800 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15801 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15802 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15803 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15805 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15807 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15808 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15809 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15810 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15812 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15814 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15815 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15816 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15817 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15819 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15821 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15822 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15823 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15824 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15826 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15828 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15829 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15830 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15831 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15833 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15835 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15836 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15837 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15838 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15840 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15842 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15843 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15844 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15845 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15847 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15849 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15850 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15851 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15852 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15854 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15856 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15857 Warn that format is read-only.
15859 \(fn)" t nil)
15861 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15862 Warn that format is write-only.
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15866 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15867 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15871 ;;;***
15873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15874 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
15875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15876 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15877 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15878 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15880 ;;;***
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15883 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15884 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15885 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15886 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15887 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15889 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15891 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15892 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15893 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15894 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15896 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15897 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15899 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15900 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15901 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15903 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15904 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15905 re-start Emacs.")
15907 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15909 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15911 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15913 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15915 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15917 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15919 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15921 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15922 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15924 Each element of this list is also a list:
15926 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15927 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15929 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15930 nil means the default dictionary.
15932 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15934 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15936 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15937 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15938 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15939 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15940 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15941 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15942 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15943 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15944 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15946 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15947 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15948 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15949 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15950 for non-ASCII bytes.
15952 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15953 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15954 single word.
15956 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15957 subprocess.
15959 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15960 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15961 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15962 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15963 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15964 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15965 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15966 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15968 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15970 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15971 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15972 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15974 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15975 Key map for ispell menu.")
15977 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15978 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15979 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15980 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15982 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15984 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15986 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15988 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15990 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15991 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15992 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15993 Valid forms include:
15994 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15995 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15996 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15997 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15999 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16000 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16001 First list is used raw.
16002 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16004 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16005 for skipping in latex mode.")
16007 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16008 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16009 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16010 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16011 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16012 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16014 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16015 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16016 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16017 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16019 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16020 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16021 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16022 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16023 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16025 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16026 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16028 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16029 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16031 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16032 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16034 Return values:
16035 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16036 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16037 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16038 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16039 quit spell session exited.
16041 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16043 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16044 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16045 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16047 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16049 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16050 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16052 Selections are:
16054 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16055 SPC: Accept word this time.
16056 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16057 `a': Accept word for this session.
16058 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16059 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16060 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16061 `?': Show these commands.
16062 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16063 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16064 the aborted check to be completed later.
16065 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16066 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16067 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16068 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16069 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16070 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16071 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16073 \(fn)" nil nil)
16075 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16076 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16077 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16079 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16081 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16082 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16083 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16084 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16086 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16088 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16090 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16091 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16092 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16093 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16095 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16097 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16098 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16100 \(fn)" t nil)
16102 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16103 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16105 \(fn)" t nil)
16107 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16108 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16110 \(fn)" t nil)
16112 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16113 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16114 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16115 sequence inside of a word.
16117 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16119 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16121 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16122 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16126 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16127 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16128 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16129 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16131 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16132 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16133 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16134 available on the net.
16136 \(fn)" t nil)
16138 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16139 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16140 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16142 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16143 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16145 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16146 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16150 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16151 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16152 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16153 Don't check included messages.
16155 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16156 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16157 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16159 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16160 in your .emacs file:
16161 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16162 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16163 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16164 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16166 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16167 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16168 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16170 \(fn)" t nil)
16172 ;;;***
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16175 ;;;;;; 9451))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16178 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16179 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16180 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16183 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16185 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16187 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16188 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16189 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16190 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16191 `iswitchb' for details.
16193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16195 ;;;***
16197 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16198 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16199 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16200 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16201 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16203 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16204 Not documented
16206 \(fn)" nil nil)
16208 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16209 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16210 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16211 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16212 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16213 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16214 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16215 necessary to represent OBJ.
16217 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16219 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16220 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16221 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16222 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16224 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16226 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16227 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16228 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16229 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16230 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16232 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16234 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16235 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16236 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16237 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16239 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16241 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16242 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16243 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16244 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16246 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16248 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16249 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16253 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16254 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16255 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16256 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16257 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16259 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16261 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16262 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16263 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16264 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16265 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16267 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16269 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16270 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16271 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16273 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16275 ;;;***
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16278 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16279 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16281 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16282 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16283 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16284 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16286 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16287 Not documented
16289 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16291 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16292 Uninstall jka-compr.
16293 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16294 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16295 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16297 \(fn)" nil nil)
16299 ;;;***
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16302 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16303 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16306 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16307 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16308 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16309 decimal key must be specified.")
16311 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16313 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16314 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16315 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16316 decimal key must be specified.")
16318 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16320 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16321 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16322 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16323 decimal key must be specified.")
16325 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16327 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16328 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16329 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16330 decimal key must be specified.")
16332 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16334 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16335 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16336 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16337 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16338 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16339 keys are bound.
16341 Setup Binding
16342 -------------------------------------------------------------
16343 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16344 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16345 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16346 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16347 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16348 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16349 in the global and local keymaps.
16351 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16352 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16354 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16356 ;;;***
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16359 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16362 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16363 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16364 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16366 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16367 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16368 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16369 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16370 shorter.
16372 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16373 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16374 the context of text formatting.
16376 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16378 ;;;***
16380 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16381 ;;;;;; 54888))
16382 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16384 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16385 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16386 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16387 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16388 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16389 positions that contains the current selection.")
16391 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16392 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16393 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16394 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16395 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16396 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16397 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16399 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16401 ;;;***
16403 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16404 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16405 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16406 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16408 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16409 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16410 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16411 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16412 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16413 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16414 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16416 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16417 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16418 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16419 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16420 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16422 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16424 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16425 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16426 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16428 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16429 defining the macro.
16431 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16432 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16433 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16435 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16436 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16438 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16440 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16441 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16442 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16443 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16444 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16445 under that name.
16447 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16448 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16449 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16453 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16454 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16455 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16457 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16458 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16459 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16460 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16462 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16463 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16465 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16467 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16468 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16469 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16471 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16472 macro.
16474 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16475 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16477 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16478 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16479 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16481 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16482 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16484 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16486 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16487 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16488 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16489 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16491 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16493 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16494 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16495 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16496 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16498 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16499 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16501 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16503 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16504 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16505 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16507 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16509 ;;;***
16511 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16512 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16513 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16514 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16516 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16518 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16519 Not documented
16521 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16523 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16524 Not documented
16526 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16528 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16529 Not documented
16531 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16533 ;;;***
16535 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16536 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16537 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16539 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16540 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16541 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16543 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16544 Not documented
16546 \(fn)" nil nil)
16548 ;;;***
16550 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16551 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
16552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16554 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16556 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16557 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16559 \(fn)" t nil)
16561 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16563 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16564 Start or resume an Lm game.
16565 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16566 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16568 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16569 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16570 none / 1 | yes | no
16571 2 | yes | yes
16572 3 | no | yes
16573 4 | no | no
16575 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16576 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16577 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16579 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16581 ;;;***
16583 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16584 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16585 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16586 ;;;;;; 58278))
16587 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16589 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16590 Not documented
16592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16594 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16595 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16596 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16597 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16598 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16599 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16601 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16602 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16604 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16606 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16607 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16611 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16612 Not documented
16614 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16616 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16617 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16618 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16619 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16620 to compose.
16622 The return value is number of composed characters.
16624 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16626 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16627 Not documented
16629 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16631 ;;;***
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16634 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16635 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16638 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16639 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16640 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16641 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16643 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16645 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16646 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16647 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16649 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16651 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16652 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16653 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16655 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16657 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16658 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16659 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16660 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16662 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16664 ;;;***
16666 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16667 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16670 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16671 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16672 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16673 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16674 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16675 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16676 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16677 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16679 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16680 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16683 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16685 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16687 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16688 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16689 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16690 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16691 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16692 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16693 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16694 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16696 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16698 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16699 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16700 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16701 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16704 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16706 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16711 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16714 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16716 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16718 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16719 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16721 \(fn)" t nil)
16723 ;;;***
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16726 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16729 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16730 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16732 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16733 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16735 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16736 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16738 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16739 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16740 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16741 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16742 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16743 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16744 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16745 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16746 and transmit saved text.
16748 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16749 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16750 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16752 \(fn)" t nil)
16754 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16755 Not documented
16757 \(fn)" nil nil)
16759 ;;;***
16761 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16764 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16765 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16766 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16767 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16768 generations (this defaults to 1).
16770 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16772 ;;;***
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17870
16775 ;;;;;; 63949))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16778 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16779 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16780 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16781 is nil, raise an error.
16783 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16784 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16785 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16786 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16787 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16788 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16789 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16790 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16791 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16793 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16795 ;;;***
16797 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16798 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17842 58279))
16799 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16801 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16802 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16803 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16805 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16807 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16808 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16809 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16810 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16812 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16813 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16814 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16815 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16816 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16817 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16818 the version.)
16820 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16821 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16823 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16824 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16826 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16828 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16829 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16830 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16831 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16832 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16833 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16834 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16835 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16836 to constrain a big search.
16838 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16839 except that FILTER is not optional.
16841 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16843 ;;;***
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17842 58279))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16848 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16849 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16850 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16851 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16852 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16853 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16854 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16855 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16856 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16857 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16858 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16859 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16860 uses the current buffer.
16862 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16864 ;;;***
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
16867 ;;;;;; 58279))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16870 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16871 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16873 \(fn)" t nil)
16875 ;;;***
16877 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17842
16878 ;;;;;; 58279))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16881 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16882 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16883 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16884 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16885 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16887 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16888 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16889 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16891 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16892 are indicated with a symbol.
16894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16896 ;;;***
16898 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16899 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
16900 ;;;;;; 58279))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16903 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16905 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16907 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16908 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16909 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16911 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16912 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16914 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16915 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16916 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16917 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16918 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16919 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16920 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16922 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16924 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16925 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16926 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16927 switch on this list.
16928 See `lpr-command'.")
16930 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16932 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16933 *Name of program for printing a file.
16935 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16936 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16937 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16938 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16939 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16940 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16941 argument.")
16943 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16945 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16946 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16947 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16948 for customization of the printer command.
16950 \(fn)" t nil)
16952 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16953 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16955 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16956 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16957 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16958 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16960 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16961 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16963 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16964 for further customization of the printer command.
16966 \(fn)" t nil)
16968 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16969 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16970 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16971 for customization of the printer command.
16973 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16975 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16976 Paginate and print the region contents.
16978 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16979 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16980 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16981 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16983 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16984 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16986 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16987 for further customization of the printer command.
16989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16991 ;;;***
16993 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16994 ;;;;;; (17851 20943))
16995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16997 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16998 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16999 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17001 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17003 ;;;***
17005 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17916
17006 ;;;;;; 10998))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17009 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17010 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17011 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17013 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17017 ;;;***
17019 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17020 ;;;;;; 63540))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17023 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17024 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17025 \\{m4-mode-map}
17027 \(fn)" t nil)
17029 ;;;***
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17032 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17035 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17036 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17037 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17038 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17039 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17041 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17043 ;;;***
17045 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17046 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17047 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17049 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17050 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17051 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17052 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17053 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17055 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17057 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17058 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17059 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17060 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17062 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17063 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17064 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17065 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17066 bindings.
17068 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17069 use this command, and then save the file.
17071 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17073 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17074 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17075 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17076 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17077 each time the macro executes.
17078 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17079 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17080 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17081 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17082 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17083 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17084 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17086 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17088 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17089 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17090 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17091 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17093 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17094 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17095 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17096 execute.
17098 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17099 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17101 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17102 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17103 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17104 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17105 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17107 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17108 looked like this:
17110 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17111 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17112 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17114 You could enter the names in this format:
17120 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17122 \\C-x (
17123 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17124 \\C-x )
17126 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17127 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17129 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17130 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17132 ;;;***
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17135 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17138 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17139 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17140 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17141 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17142 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17143 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17145 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17146 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17147 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17148 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17149 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17151 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17152 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17153 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17154 consing a string.)
17156 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17158 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17159 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17161 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17163 ;;;***
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17166 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17167 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17170 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17171 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17173 \(fn)" nil nil)
17175 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17176 Not documented
17178 \(fn)" nil nil)
17180 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17181 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17183 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17185 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17186 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17187 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17188 message.
17190 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17192 \(fn)" nil nil)
17194 ;;;***
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17197 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17198 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17199 ;;;;;; 55035))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17202 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17203 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17204 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17205 often correct parser.")
17207 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17209 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17210 Not documented
17212 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17214 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17215 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17216 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17217 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17219 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17221 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17222 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17223 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17224 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17226 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17228 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17229 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17230 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17231 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17232 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17233 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17234 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17235 as Rmail does.
17237 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17239 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17240 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17241 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17242 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17243 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17244 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17246 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17248 ;;;***
17250 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17251 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17842 55035))
17252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17254 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17255 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17257 \(fn)" nil nil)
17259 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17260 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17261 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17263 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17265 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17266 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17267 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17269 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17271 ;;;***
17273 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17274 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17275 ;;;;;; 55035))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17278 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17279 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17280 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17281 king@grassland.com
17282 If `parens', they look like:
17283 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17284 If `angles', they look like:
17285 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17287 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17289 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17290 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17291 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17292 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17293 their `Resent-' variants.
17295 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17296 removed from alias expansions.
17298 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17300 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17301 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17302 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17304 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17305 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17306 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17307 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17309 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17311 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17312 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17313 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17314 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17316 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17318 ;;;***
17320 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17321 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17322 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17324 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17325 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17326 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17327 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17329 \(fn)" nil nil)
17331 ;;;***
17333 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17334 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17335 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17338 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17339 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17341 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17342 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17343 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17344 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17345 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17346 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17348 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17349 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17350 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17351 dependency, despite the colon.
17353 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17355 In the browser, use the following keys:
17357 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17359 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17361 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17362 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17364 `makefile-target-colon':
17365 The string that gets appended to all target names
17366 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17367 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17369 `makefile-macro-assign':
17370 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17371 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17372 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17373 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17374 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17375 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17377 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17378 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17379 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17381 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17382 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17384 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17385 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17386 up or down in the browser.
17388 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17389 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17391 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17392 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17394 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17395 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17396 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17397 has been selected in the browser.
17399 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17400 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17401 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17402 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17403 filenames are omitted.
17405 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17406 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17407 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17408 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17409 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17410 the backslash itself intact.
17411 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17412 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17414 `makefile-browser-hook':
17415 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17416 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17418 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17419 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17420 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17421 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17423 \(fn)" t nil)
17425 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17426 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17428 \(fn)" t nil)
17430 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17431 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17433 \(fn)" t nil)
17435 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17436 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17438 \(fn)" t nil)
17440 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17441 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17443 \(fn)" t nil)
17445 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17446 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17448 \(fn)" t nil)
17450 ;;;***
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17453 ;;;;;; 58279))
17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17456 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17457 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17458 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17460 \(fn)" t nil)
17462 ;;;***
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17925 15265))
17465 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17467 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17469 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17470 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17471 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17472 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17473 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17474 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17475 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17477 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17478 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17479 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17480 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17482 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17484 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17485 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17487 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17489 ;;;***
17491 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17492 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17494 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17495 Toggle Master mode.
17496 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17497 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17498 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17500 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17501 following commands:
17503 \\{master-mode-map}
17505 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17506 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17507 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17511 ;;;***
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17842
17514 ;;;;;; 58279))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17517 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17519 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17520 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17521 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17524 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17526 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17528 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17529 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17530 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17531 created in the future.
17532 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17533 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17537 ;;;***
17539 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17540 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17541 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17542 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17543 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17544 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17545 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17546 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17547 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17548 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17549 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17929 33467))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17552 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17553 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17555 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17556 king@grassland.com
17557 If `parens', they look like:
17558 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17559 If `angles', they look like:
17560 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17562 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17563 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17565 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17567 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17568 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17570 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17572 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17573 *Local news organization file.")
17575 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17577 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17578 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17579 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17580 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17582 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17583 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17584 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17586 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17588 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17590 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17591 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17593 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17594 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17595 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17596 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17598 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17600 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17601 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17602 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17603 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17605 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17607 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17608 *Function for citing an original message.
17609 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17610 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17611 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17613 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17615 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17616 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17617 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17618 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17619 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17621 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17623 (defvar message-signature t "\
17624 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17625 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17626 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17627 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17629 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17631 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17632 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17633 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17634 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17636 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17638 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17639 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17641 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17643 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17645 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17646 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17647 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17648 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17649 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17650 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17651 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17652 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17653 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17654 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17655 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17656 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17657 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17658 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17659 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17660 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17661 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17662 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17663 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17664 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17665 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17666 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17667 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17668 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17669 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17670 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17671 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17672 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17673 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17674 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17675 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17676 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17677 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17678 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17679 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17680 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17681 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17683 \(fn)" t nil)
17685 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17686 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17687 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17688 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17689 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17691 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17693 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17694 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17696 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17698 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17699 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17701 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17703 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17704 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17706 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17708 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17709 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17710 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17712 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17714 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17715 Cancel an article you posted.
17716 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17720 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17721 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17722 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17723 header line with the old Message-ID.
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17728 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17732 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17733 Forward the current message via mail.
17734 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17735 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17737 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17740 Not documented
17742 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17744 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17745 Not documented
17747 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17749 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17750 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17752 \(fn)" t nil)
17754 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17755 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17757 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17759 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17760 Re-mail the current message.
17761 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17762 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17763 you.
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17767 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17768 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17770 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17772 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17773 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17775 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17777 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17778 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17780 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17782 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17783 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17785 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17787 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17788 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17789 Works by overstriking characters.
17790 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17791 which specify the range to operate on.
17793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17795 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17796 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17797 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17798 which specify the range to operate on.
17800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17802 ;;;***
17804 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17805 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17808 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17809 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17810 Special commands:
17811 \\{meta-mode-map}
17813 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17814 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17816 \(fn)" t nil)
17818 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17819 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17820 Special commands:
17821 \\{meta-mode-map}
17823 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17824 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17826 \(fn)" t nil)
17828 ;;;***
17830 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17831 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17832 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17835 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17836 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17837 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17839 \(fn)" t nil)
17841 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17842 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17843 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17844 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17845 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17846 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17847 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17849 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17851 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17852 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17853 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17854 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17855 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17856 means current).
17857 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17858 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17860 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17862 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17863 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17864 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17865 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17866 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17867 means current).
17868 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17869 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17871 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17873 ;;;***
17875 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17876 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17877 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17880 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17881 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17882 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17886 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17887 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17888 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17892 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17893 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17895 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17896 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17897 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17899 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17900 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17902 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17903 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17905 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17907 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17909 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17910 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17911 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17912 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17913 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17914 as `compose-mail'.
17916 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17917 initial Subject field, respectively.
17919 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17920 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17921 are strings.
17923 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17924 ignored.
17926 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17928 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17929 Save draft and send message.
17931 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17932 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17933 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17934 Mail Delivery*\".
17936 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17937 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17938 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17940 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17941 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17942 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17943 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17944 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17945 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17947 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17948 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17952 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17953 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17955 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17956 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17957 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17958 delete the draft message.
17960 \(fn)" t nil)
17962 ;;;***
17964 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
17965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17967 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17969 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17971 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17973 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17974 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 ;;;***
17980 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17981 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
17982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17984 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17985 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17986 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17988 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17989 the MH mail system.
17991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17993 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17994 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17995 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17997 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17998 the MH mail system.
18000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18002 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18003 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18005 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18006 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18007 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18008 separate command.
18010 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18011 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18012 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18013 format.
18015 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18017 Ranges
18018 ======
18019 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18020 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18021 can be used in several ways.
18023 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18024 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18025 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18026 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18027 page):
18029 <num1>-<num2>
18030 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18031 The range must be nonempty.
18033 <num>:N
18034 <num>:+N
18035 <num>:-N
18036 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18037 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18038 last.
18040 first:N
18041 prev:N
18042 next:N
18043 last:N
18044 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18047 All of the messages.
18049 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18050 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18052 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18053 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18054 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18056 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18058 \(fn)" t nil)
18060 ;;;***
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18063 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18066 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18067 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18068 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18069 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18070 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18071 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18072 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18073 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18074 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18075 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18076 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18078 \(fn)" t nil)
18080 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18081 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18082 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18083 to its second argument TM.
18085 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18087 ;;;***
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18090 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18093 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18094 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18095 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18098 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18100 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18102 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18103 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18104 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18105 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18106 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18107 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18108 default indication.
18110 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18111 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18115 ;;;***
18117 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18118 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18121 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18122 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18123 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18125 \(fn)" t nil)
18127 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18129 ;;;***
18131 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18132 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18133 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18136 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18137 Not documented
18139 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18141 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18142 Not documented
18144 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18146 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18147 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18148 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18149 PATTERN regexp.
18151 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18153 ;;;***
18155 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18156 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18159 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18160 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18162 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18164 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18165 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18166 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18167 the entire message.
18168 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18170 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18172 ;;;***
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18175 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18178 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18179 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18180 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18181 the entire message.
18182 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18184 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18186 ;;;***
18188 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18189 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18192 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18193 Insert file contents of URL.
18194 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18196 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18198 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18199 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18201 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18203 ;;;***
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18206 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18209 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18210 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18211 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18212 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18213 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18215 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18217 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18218 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18219 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18221 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18223 ;;;***
18225 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18226 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18229 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18230 Not documented
18232 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18234 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18235 Not documented
18237 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18239 ;;;***
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18242 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18243 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18246 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18247 Not documented
18249 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18251 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18252 Not documented
18254 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18256 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18257 Not documented
18259 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18261 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18262 Not documented
18264 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18266 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18267 Not documented
18269 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18271 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18272 Not documented
18274 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18276 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18277 Not documented
18279 \(fn)" nil nil)
18281 ;;;***
18283 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18284 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18287 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18288 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18289 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18290 followed by the first character of the construct.
18291 \\<m2-mode-map>
18292 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18293 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18294 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18295 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18296 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18297 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18298 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18299 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18300 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18301 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18302 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18303 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18304 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18305 \\[m2-link] link
18307 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18308 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18309 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18311 \(fn)" t nil)
18313 ;;;***
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18316 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18319 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18320 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18322 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18324 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18325 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18327 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18329 ;;;***
18331 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18332 ;;;;;; 58279))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18335 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18336 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18337 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18340 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18342 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18344 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18345 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18346 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18347 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18349 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18351 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18353 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18355 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18356 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18357 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18358 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18359 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18360 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18362 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18363 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18364 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18365 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18366 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18368 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18369 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18371 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18372 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18374 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18376 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18377 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18378 primary selection and region.
18380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18382 ;;;***
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18387 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18388 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18390 \(fn)" t nil)
18392 ;;;***
18394 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17842 58279))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18397 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18398 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18399 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18402 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18404 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18406 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18407 Toggle Msb mode.
18408 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18409 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18410 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18414 ;;;***
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18417 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18418 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18419 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18420 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18421 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18424 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18425 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18426 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18427 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18428 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18429 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18430 set of ISO charsets.
18432 Each element has the following format:
18433 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18435 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18437 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18438 CHARSET are mapped.
18440 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18441 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18442 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18443 character code in CHARSET.
18445 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18446 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18447 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18449 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18450 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18451 TO2, or...
18452 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18453 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18455 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18456 Display a list of all character sets.
18458 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18459 internal Emacs use.
18461 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18462 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18463 hexadecimal digits.
18464 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18465 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18467 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18468 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18469 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18470 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18472 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18473 but still shows the full information.
18475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18477 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18478 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18479 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18480 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18481 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18483 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18484 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18485 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18486 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18487 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18489 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18491 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18492 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18493 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18494 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18495 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18497 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18499 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18500 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18502 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18504 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18505 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18507 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18509 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18510 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18512 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18513 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18514 in place of `..':
18515 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18516 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18517 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18518 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18519 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18520 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18521 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18522 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18523 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18524 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18525 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18526 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18527 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18528 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18529 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18530 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18532 \(fn)" t nil)
18534 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18535 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18537 \(fn)" t nil)
18539 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18540 Display a list of all coding systems.
18541 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18543 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18544 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18548 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18549 Display a list of all coding categories.
18551 \(fn)" nil nil)
18553 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18554 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18555 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18557 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18559 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18560 Display information about FONTSET.
18561 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18563 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18565 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18566 Display a list of all fontsets.
18567 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18568 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18569 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18573 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18574 Display information about all input methods.
18576 \(fn)" t nil)
18578 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18579 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18581 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18582 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18583 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18584 system which uses fontsets).
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18588 ;;;***
18590 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18591 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18592 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18593 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18594 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18595 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18596 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18598 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18599 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18600 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18602 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18604 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18606 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18607 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18609 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18610 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18612 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18613 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18615 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18617 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18618 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18619 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18620 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18621 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18622 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18623 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18625 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18626 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18627 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18628 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18629 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18630 middle of a character in STR.
18632 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18633 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18635 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18636 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18637 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18638 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18639 defaults to \"...\".
18641 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18643 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18644 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18646 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18647 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18648 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18650 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18651 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18652 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18654 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18655 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18656 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18657 is considered.
18658 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18659 longer than KEYSEQ.
18660 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18662 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18664 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18665 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18666 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18667 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18668 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18669 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18670 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18671 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18672 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18673 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18674 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18676 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18678 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18679 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18681 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18683 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18684 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18686 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18688 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18689 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18691 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18693 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18694 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18696 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18698 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18699 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18700 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18701 coding systems ordered by priority.
18703 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18705 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18706 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18707 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18708 language environment LANG-ENV.
18710 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18712 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18713 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18714 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18715 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18716 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18717 basis, this may not be accurate.
18719 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18721 ;;;***
18723 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18724 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
18725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18727 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18728 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18729 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18732 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18734 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18736 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18737 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18738 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18739 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18743 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18744 Enable mouse wheel support.
18746 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18748 ;;;***
18750 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18751 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18752 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18753 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18754 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18756 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18757 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18759 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18761 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18762 Ping HOST.
18763 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18764 `ping-program-options'.
18766 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18768 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18769 Run ipconfig program.
18771 \(fn)" t nil)
18773 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18775 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18776 Run netstat program.
18778 \(fn)" t nil)
18780 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18781 Run the arp program.
18783 \(fn)" t nil)
18785 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18786 Run the route program.
18788 \(fn)" t nil)
18790 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18791 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18793 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18795 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18796 Run nslookup program.
18798 \(fn)" t nil)
18800 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18801 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18803 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18805 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18806 Run dig program.
18808 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18810 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18811 Run ftp program.
18813 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18815 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18816 Finger USER on HOST.
18818 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18820 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18821 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18822 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18823 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18825 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18827 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18828 Not documented
18830 \(fn)" t nil)
18832 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18833 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18835 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18837 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18838 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18840 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18842 ;;;***
18844 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18845 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18846 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18847 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18848 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18849 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17936 9617))
18850 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18852 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18854 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18856 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18858 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18860 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18861 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18862 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18863 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18864 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18865 Major modes should set this variable.")
18867 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18868 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18869 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18870 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18871 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18872 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18874 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18875 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18877 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18878 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18879 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18881 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18882 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18883 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18884 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18885 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18887 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18888 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18889 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18891 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18892 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18893 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18894 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18896 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18897 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18898 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18899 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18900 column indentation or nil.
18901 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18903 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18904 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18905 The function has no args.
18907 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18908 comments always start in column zero.")
18910 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18911 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18912 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18914 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18916 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18917 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18918 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18919 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18921 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18922 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18924 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18926 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18927 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18928 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18929 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18930 customize this variable.
18932 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18933 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18935 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18937 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18938 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18939 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18940 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18941 the variables are properly set.
18943 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18945 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18946 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18948 \(fn)" nil nil)
18950 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18951 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18952 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18954 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18956 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18957 Set the comment column based on point.
18958 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18959 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18960 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18961 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18965 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18966 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18967 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18971 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18972 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18973 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18974 comment markers.
18976 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18978 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18979 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18980 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18981 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18982 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18983 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18984 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18985 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18987 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18988 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18990 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18992 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18993 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18994 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18995 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18997 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18999 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19000 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19001 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19002 is passed on to the respective function.
19004 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19006 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19007 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19008 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19009 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19010 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19011 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19012 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19013 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19014 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19018 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19019 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19020 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19022 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19024 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19025 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19026 This indents the body of the continued comment
19027 under the previous comment line.
19029 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19030 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19031 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19033 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19034 or comment indentation.
19036 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19037 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19039 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19041 ;;;***
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19044 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19045 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19046 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19048 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19049 Check whether newsticker is running.
19050 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19051 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19053 \(fn)" nil nil)
19055 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19056 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19057 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19058 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19059 empty.
19061 \(fn)" nil nil)
19063 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19064 Start the newsticker.
19065 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19066 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19067 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19068 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19070 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19072 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19073 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19074 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19075 running already.
19077 \(fn)" t nil)
19079 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19080 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19082 \(fn)" t nil)
19084 ;;;***
19086 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19087 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19090 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19091 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19093 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19095 ;;;***
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19098 ;;;;;; 54741))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19101 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19102 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19103 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19104 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19105 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19106 symbol in the alist.
19108 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19110 ;;;***
19112 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19113 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19116 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19117 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19118 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19120 \(fn)" t nil)
19122 ;;;***
19124 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19125 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19128 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19129 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19130 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19134 ;;;***
19136 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19137 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19140 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19141 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19143 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19145 ;;;***
19147 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19148 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19151 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19152 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19154 \(fn)" t nil)
19156 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19157 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19159 \(fn)" t nil)
19161 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19162 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19164 \(fn)" t nil)
19166 ;;;***
19168 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19169 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19172 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19173 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19174 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19178 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19179 Not documented
19181 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19183 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19184 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19185 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19186 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19187 to future sessions.
19189 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19191 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19192 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19193 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19194 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19195 to future sessions.
19197 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19199 ;;;***
19201 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19202 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19205 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19206 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19207 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19208 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19209 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19210 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19212 \(fn)" t nil)
19214 ;;;***
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19217 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19220 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19221 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19222 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19223 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19224 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19226 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19228 ;;;***
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19234 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19235 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19236 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19238 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19240 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19241 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19243 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19244 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19245 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19249 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19251 ;;;***
19253 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19254 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19257 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19258 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19260 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19261 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19262 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19263 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19265 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19266 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19267 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19268 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19269 is why you need this mode!).
19271 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19272 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19273 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19275 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19277 Keybindings
19278 ===========
19280 \\{octave-mode-map}
19282 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19283 ==============================================
19285 octave-auto-indent
19286 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19287 Default is nil.
19289 octave-auto-newline
19290 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19291 Default is nil.
19293 octave-blink-matching-block
19294 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19295 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19297 octave-block-offset
19298 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19299 Default is 2.
19301 octave-continuation-offset
19302 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19303 Default is 4.
19305 octave-continuation-string
19306 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19307 Default is a backslash.
19309 octave-mode-startup-message
19310 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19311 Default is t.
19313 octave-send-echo-input
19314 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19315 command to the inferior Octave process.
19317 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19318 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19319 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19321 octave-send-echo-input
19322 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19324 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19326 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19327 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19329 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19330 (setq auto-mode-alist
19331 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19333 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19334 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19336 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19337 (lambda ()
19338 (abbrev-mode 1)
19339 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19340 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19341 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19343 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19344 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19345 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19346 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19350 ;;;***
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19353 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19354 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19355 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19356 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19357 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19358 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19361 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19362 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19363 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19365 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19366 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19367 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19368 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19369 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19370 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19371 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19372 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19373 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19374 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19376 The following commands are available:
19378 \\{org-mode-map}
19380 \(fn)" t nil)
19382 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19383 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19385 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19386 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19387 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19388 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19389 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19391 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19392 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19393 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19394 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19395 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19396 and zoom in further.
19397 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19399 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19400 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19401 is negative, go up that many levels.
19403 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19404 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19405 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19407 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19408 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19412 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19413 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19417 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19418 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19420 \(fn)" nil nil)
19422 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19423 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19427 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19428 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19429 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19430 \\[org-insert-link].
19431 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19432 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19433 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19437 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19438 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19439 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19440 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19441 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19445 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19446 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19447 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19448 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19450 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19452 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19453 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19454 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19455 of the remember buffer.
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19459 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19460 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19461 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19462 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19463 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19464 file the text at a specific location.
19465 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19466 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19467 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19469 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19470 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19471 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19472 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19473 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19474 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19475 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19476 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19478 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19479 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19480 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19481 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19483 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19484 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19485 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19487 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19488 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19489 \(i.e. after the stars).
19491 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19493 \(fn)" nil nil)
19495 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19496 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19497 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19498 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19500 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19501 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19502 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19503 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19504 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19505 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19506 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19507 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19509 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19510 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19511 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19513 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19514 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19515 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19517 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19519 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19520 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19521 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19522 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19523 before running the agenda command.
19525 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19527 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19528 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19529 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19530 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19532 \(fn)" t nil)
19534 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19535 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19536 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19537 will be able to go to other weeks.
19538 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19539 also be shown, under the current date.
19540 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19541 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19542 to turn on logging.
19543 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19544 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19545 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19547 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19549 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19550 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19551 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19552 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19553 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19554 `org-todo-keywords'.
19556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19558 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19559 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19560 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19562 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19564 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19565 Return diary information from org-files.
19566 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19567 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19568 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19569 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19571 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19572 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19573 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19575 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19576 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19577 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19578 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19580 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19581 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19582 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19584 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19585 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19586 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19587 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19589 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19591 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19593 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19594 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19596 &%%(org-diary)
19598 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19599 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19600 also be written as
19602 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19604 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19605 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19606 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19608 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19610 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19611 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19612 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19613 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19615 \(fn)" t nil)
19617 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19618 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19619 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19620 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19622 \(fn)" t nil)
19624 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19625 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19626 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19630 ;;;***
19632 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19633 ;;;;;; (17881 61722))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19635 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19637 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19638 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19639 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19640 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19642 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19643 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19644 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19645 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19647 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19648 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19649 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19650 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19651 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19652 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19654 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19655 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19656 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19658 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19659 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19660 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19661 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19662 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19663 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19664 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19665 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19666 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19667 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19668 The subheadings remain visible.
19669 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19671 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19672 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19673 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19675 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19676 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19678 \(fn)" t nil)
19680 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19681 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19682 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19683 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19687 ;;;***
19689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19690 ;;;;;; 58277))
19691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19692 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19693 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19694 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19695 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19696 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19697 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19698 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19699 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19700 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19702 ;;;***
19704 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17842 58279))
19705 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19707 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19708 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19709 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19712 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19714 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19716 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19717 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19718 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19719 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19721 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19722 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19726 ;;;***
19728 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19729 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
19730 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19732 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19733 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19734 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19735 unknown are returned as nil.
19737 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19739 ;;;***
19741 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19742 ;;;;;; 56332))
19743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19745 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19746 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19747 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19749 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19750 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19752 Other useful functions are:
19754 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19755 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19756 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19757 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19758 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19759 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19760 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19761 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19762 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19764 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19766 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19767 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19768 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19769 Indentation for case statements.
19770 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19771 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19772 mark after an end.
19773 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19774 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19775 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19776 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19777 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19778 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19779 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19780 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19781 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19782 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19784 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19785 pascal-separator-keywords.
19787 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19788 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 ;;;***
19794 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19795 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
19796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19798 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19799 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19800 The keys affected are:
19801 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19802 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19803 M-Backspace does undo.
19804 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19805 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19806 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19808 \(fn)" t nil)
19810 ;;;***
19812 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19813 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19816 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19817 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19818 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19821 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19823 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19825 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19826 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19828 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19830 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19831 which modify the status of the mark.
19833 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19834 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19836 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19837 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19839 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19840 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19841 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19842 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19843 turning PC Selection mode on.
19845 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19846 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19848 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19849 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19850 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19852 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19853 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19854 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19856 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19857 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19859 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19860 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19861 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19863 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19864 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19865 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19867 F6 other-window
19868 DELETE delete-char
19869 C-DELETE kill-line
19870 M-DELETE kill-word
19871 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19872 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19873 M-BACKSPACE undo
19875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19877 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19878 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19879 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19880 and cursor movement commands.
19881 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19883 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19885 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19887 ;;;***
19889 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
19890 ;;;;;; 58279))
19891 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19893 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19894 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19896 \(fn)" nil nil)
19898 ;;;***
19900 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19901 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
19902 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19904 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19905 Completion for `gzip'.
19907 \(fn)" nil nil)
19909 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19910 Completion for `bzip2'.
19912 \(fn)" nil nil)
19914 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19915 Completion for GNU `make'.
19917 \(fn)" nil nil)
19919 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19920 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19922 \(fn)" nil nil)
19924 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19926 ;;;***
19928 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19929 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
19930 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19933 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19935 \(fn)" nil nil)
19937 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19938 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19940 \(fn)" nil nil)
19942 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19943 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19945 \(fn)" nil nil)
19947 ;;;***
19949 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
19950 ;;;;;; 58279))
19951 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19953 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19954 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19955 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19956 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19957 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19958 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19960 \(fn)" nil nil)
19962 ;;;***
19964 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19965 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19966 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19969 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19970 Completion for `cd'.
19972 \(fn)" nil nil)
19974 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19976 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19977 Completion for `rmdir'.
19979 \(fn)" nil nil)
19981 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19982 Completion for `rm'.
19984 \(fn)" nil nil)
19986 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19987 Completion for `xargs'.
19989 \(fn)" nil nil)
19991 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19993 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19994 Completion for `which'.
19996 \(fn)" nil nil)
19998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19999 Completion for the `chown' command.
20001 \(fn)" nil nil)
20003 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20004 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20006 \(fn)" nil nil)
20008 ;;;***
20010 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20011 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20012 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17900
20013 ;;;;;; 30230))
20014 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20016 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20017 Support extensible programmable completion.
20018 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20019 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20021 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20023 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20024 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20028 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20029 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20030 This will modify the current buffer.
20032 \(fn)" t nil)
20034 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20035 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20037 \(fn)" t nil)
20039 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20040 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20041 This will modify the current buffer.
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20045 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20046 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20050 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20051 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20055 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20056 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20057 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20058 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20059 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20061 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20063 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20064 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20066 \(fn)" nil nil)
20068 ;;;***
20070 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20071 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20072 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17842 58279))
20073 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20075 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20076 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20077 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20078 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20080 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20082 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20084 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20085 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20086 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20089 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20090 FLAGS is ignored.
20092 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20094 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20095 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20096 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20097 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20098 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20099 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20100 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20101 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20103 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20105 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20106 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20107 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20108 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20109 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20110 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20111 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20112 passed to cvs.
20114 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20116 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20117 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20118 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20119 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20120 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20121 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20122 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20124 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20126 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20128 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20129 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20130 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20132 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20134 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20135 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20136 nil means never do it.
20137 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20138 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20139 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20141 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20143 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20144 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20145 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20147 ;;;***
20149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20150 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20152 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20154 ;;;***
20156 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20157 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20160 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20161 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20162 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20163 Tab indents for Perl code.
20164 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20167 \\{perl-mode-map}
20168 Variables controlling indentation style:
20169 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20170 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20171 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20172 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20173 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20174 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20175 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20176 `perl-nochange'
20177 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20178 `perl-indent-level'
20179 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20180 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20181 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20182 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20183 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20184 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20185 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20186 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20187 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20188 `perl-brace-offset'
20189 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20190 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20191 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20192 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20193 `perl-label-offset'
20194 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20195 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20196 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20198 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20199 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20200 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20201 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20202 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20203 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20204 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20206 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20208 \(fn)" t nil)
20210 ;;;***
20212 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20213 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20214 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20215 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20216 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20218 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20219 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20221 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20223 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20224 passphrase cache or user.
20226 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20228 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20229 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20231 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20232 cache or user.
20234 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20236 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20237 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20239 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20240 the region.
20242 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20243 passphrase cache or user.
20245 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20247 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20248 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20250 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20252 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20253 the region.
20255 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20256 passphrase cache or user.
20258 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20260 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20261 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20263 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20264 passphrase cache or user.
20266 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20268 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20269 Decrypt the current buffer.
20271 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20272 the region.
20274 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20275 passphrase cache or user.
20277 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20279 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20280 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20282 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20283 a detached signature.
20285 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20286 and the the output is displayed.
20288 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20289 passphrase cache or user.
20291 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20293 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20294 Sign the current buffer.
20296 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20297 detached signature.
20299 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20300 within the region.
20302 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20303 and the the output is displayed.
20305 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20306 passphrase cache or user.
20308 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20310 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20311 Verify the current region between START and END.
20312 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20313 the detached signature of the current region.
20315 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20316 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20318 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20320 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20321 Verify the current buffer.
20322 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20323 the detached signature of the current region.
20324 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20325 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20326 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20327 within the region.
20329 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20331 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20332 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20334 \(fn)" t nil)
20336 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20337 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20339 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20341 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20342 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20346 ;;;***
20348 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20349 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20352 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20353 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20355 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20357 ;;;***
20359 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20360 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20363 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20364 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20365 \\<picture-mode-map>
20366 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20367 afterwards settable by these commands:
20369 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20370 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20371 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20372 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20374 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20375 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20376 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20377 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20379 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20380 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20381 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20382 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20384 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20385 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20386 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20387 with these commands:
20389 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20390 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20391 Move to column following last
20392 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20393 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20394 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20395 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20396 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20397 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20399 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20401 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20402 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20403 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20404 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20405 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20406 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20408 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20409 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20410 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20411 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20412 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20413 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20414 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20416 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20417 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20418 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20419 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20420 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20421 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20422 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20423 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20425 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20426 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20427 by supplying an argument.
20429 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20431 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20432 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20434 \(fn)" t nil)
20436 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20438 ;;;***
20440 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20441 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20444 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20445 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20446 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20448 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20450 ;;;***
20452 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20455 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20456 Play pong and waste time.
20457 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20458 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20460 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20462 \\{pong-mode-map}
20464 \(fn)" t nil)
20466 ;;;***
20468 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20469 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20472 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20473 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20474 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20475 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20477 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20479 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20480 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20484 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20485 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20486 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20487 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20488 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20490 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20492 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20493 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20494 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20496 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20498 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20499 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20500 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20501 Ignores leading comment characters.
20503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20505 ;;;***
20507 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20508 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20509 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20510 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20511 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20512 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20513 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20514 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20515 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20516 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20517 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20518 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20519 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20520 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20521 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20522 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20523 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20524 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20525 ;;;;;; (17866 8704))
20526 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20528 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20529 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20531 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20533 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20537 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20538 Preview directory using ghostview.
20540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20541 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20542 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20543 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20545 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20546 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20547 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20548 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20549 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20550 file name.
20552 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20554 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20557 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20559 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20560 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20561 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20562 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20564 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20565 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20566 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20567 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20568 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20569 file name.
20571 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20573 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20575 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20576 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20578 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20579 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20580 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20581 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20583 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20584 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20585 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20586 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20587 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20588 file name.
20590 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20592 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20594 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20595 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20597 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20599 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20600 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20601 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20602 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20604 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20605 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20606 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20607 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20608 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20609 file name.
20611 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20613 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20615 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20616 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20618 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20619 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20620 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20622 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20623 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20624 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20625 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20627 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20629 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20630 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20632 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20633 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20634 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20636 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20637 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20638 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20639 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20641 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20643 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20644 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20646 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20647 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20648 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20650 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20651 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20652 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20653 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20655 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20658 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20660 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20662 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20663 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20664 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20666 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20667 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20668 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20669 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20671 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20673 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20674 Preview region using ghostview.
20676 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20678 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20680 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20681 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20683 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20685 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20687 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20688 Print region using PostScript printer.
20690 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20692 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20694 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20695 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20697 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20699 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20701 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20702 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20704 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20706 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20708 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20709 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20711 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20713 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20715 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20716 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20718 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20720 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20722 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20723 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20725 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20727 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20729 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20730 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20731 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20732 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20734 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20735 matching.
20737 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20738 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20740 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20742 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20744 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20745 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20746 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20747 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20751 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20752 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20753 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20754 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20756 \(fn)" t nil)
20758 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20759 Print directory using text printer.
20761 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20762 matching.
20764 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20765 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20767 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20769 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20771 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20772 Print buffer using text printer.
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20776 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20777 Print region using text printer.
20779 \(fn)" t nil)
20781 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20782 Print major mode using text printer.
20784 \(fn)" t nil)
20786 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20787 Preview spooled PostScript.
20789 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20790 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20791 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20793 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20794 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20795 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20797 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20799 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20800 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20802 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20803 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20804 instead of sending it to the printer.
20806 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20807 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20808 image in a file with that name.
20810 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20812 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20813 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20815 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20816 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20817 instead of sending it to the printer.
20819 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20820 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20821 image in a file with that name.
20823 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20825 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20826 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20828 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20829 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20830 instead of sending it to the printer.
20832 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20833 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20834 image in a file with that name.
20836 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20839 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20841 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20843 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20844 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20846 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20848 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20849 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20853 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20854 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20856 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20858 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20859 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20861 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20863 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20864 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20867 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20868 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20869 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20872 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20873 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20874 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20875 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20876 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20877 file name.
20879 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20881 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20882 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20884 \(fn)" t nil)
20886 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20887 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20889 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20890 right.
20891 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20892 bottom.
20894 \(fn)" t nil)
20896 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20897 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20899 \(fn)" t nil)
20901 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20902 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20904 \(fn)" t nil)
20906 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20907 Toggle printing with faces.
20909 \(fn)" t nil)
20911 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20912 Toggle spooling.
20914 \(fn)" t nil)
20916 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20917 Toggle duplex.
20919 \(fn)" t nil)
20921 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20922 Toggle tumble.
20924 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20925 right.
20926 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20927 bottom.
20929 \(fn)" t nil)
20931 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20932 Toggle landscape.
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20936 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20937 Toggle upside-down.
20939 \(fn)" t nil)
20941 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20942 Toggle line number.
20944 \(fn)" t nil)
20946 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20947 Toggle zebra stripes.
20949 \(fn)" t nil)
20951 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20952 Toggle printing header.
20954 \(fn)" t nil)
20956 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20957 Toggle printing header frame.
20959 \(fn)" t nil)
20961 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20962 Toggle menu lock.
20964 \(fn)" t nil)
20966 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20967 Toggle auto region.
20969 \(fn)" t nil)
20971 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20972 Toggle auto mode.
20974 \(fn)" t nil)
20976 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20977 Customization of the `printing' group.
20979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20981 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20982 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20984 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20986 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20987 Help for the printing package.
20989 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20991 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20992 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20994 \(fn)" t nil)
20996 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20997 Interactively select a text printer.
20999 \(fn)" t nil)
21001 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21002 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21004 \(fn)" t nil)
21006 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21007 Show current ps-print settings.
21009 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21011 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21012 Show current printing settings.
21014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21016 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21017 Show current lpr settings.
21019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21021 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21022 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21024 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21025 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21026 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21027 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21030 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21032 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21033 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21034 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21036 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21037 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21038 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21039 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21040 current active printer.
21042 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21043 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21044 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21045 printer.
21047 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21048 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21049 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21050 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21051 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21054 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21055 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21057 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21059 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21060 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21061 be done using the new current active printer.
21063 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21064 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21065 printer.
21067 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21068 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21069 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21070 instead of sending it to the printer.
21072 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21073 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21074 printer.
21076 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21079 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21080 are both set to t.
21082 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21084 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21085 Fast fire function for text printing.
21087 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21088 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21089 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21090 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21092 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21093 user for a new active text printer.
21095 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21097 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21099 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21100 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21101 printer.
21103 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21105 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21106 are both set to t.
21108 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21110 ;;;***
21112 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21113 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21116 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21117 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21118 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21119 Commands:
21120 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21121 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21122 if that value is non-nil.
21124 \(fn)" t nil)
21126 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21128 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21129 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21130 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21132 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21134 ;;;***
21136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21137 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21139 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21140 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21141 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21143 ;;;***
21145 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21146 ;;;;;; 56332))
21147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21149 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21150 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21152 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21154 The following variables hold user options, and can
21155 be set through the `customize' command:
21157 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21158 `ps-mode-tab'
21159 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21160 `ps-mode-print-function'
21161 `ps-run-prompt'
21162 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21163 `ps-run-x'
21164 `ps-run-dumb'
21165 `ps-run-init'
21166 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21167 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21169 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21172 \\{ps-mode-map}
21175 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21176 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21177 The keymap for this second window is:
21179 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21182 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21183 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21184 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21185 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21186 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21188 \(fn)" t nil)
21190 ;;;***
21192 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21193 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21194 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21195 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21198 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21199 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21201 Valid values are:
21203 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21204 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21205 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21206 changed by setting the variable
21207 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21208 The initial value of this variable is
21209 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21210 documentation).
21212 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21213 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21214 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21215 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21216 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21217 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21218 test it.
21220 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21221 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21222 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21223 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21224 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21225 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21226 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21227 use this value, be sure to have installed
21228 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21229 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21230 documentation of this variable).
21232 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21233 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21234 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21235 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21236 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21237 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21239 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21241 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21243 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21244 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21245 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21247 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21249 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21250 Not documented
21252 \(fn)" nil nil)
21254 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21255 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21257 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21259 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21261 Returns the value:
21263 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21265 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21266 the sequence.
21268 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21270 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21271 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21273 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21274 composition.
21276 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21278 Returns the value:
21280 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21282 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21283 the sequence.
21285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21287 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21288 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21290 \(fn)" nil nil)
21292 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21293 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21294 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21296 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21298 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21299 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21300 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21302 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21304 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21305 Not documented
21307 \(fn)" nil nil)
21309 ;;;***
21311 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21312 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21313 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21314 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21315 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21316 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17900
21317 ;;;;;; 43896))
21318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21320 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21321 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21322 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21324 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21326 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21327 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21328 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21329 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21331 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21333 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21334 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21336 Valid values are:
21338 nil Do not print colors.
21340 t Print colors.
21342 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21343 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21345 Any other value is treated as t.")
21347 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21349 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21350 Customization of ps-print group.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21355 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21357 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21358 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21359 sending it to the printer.
21361 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21362 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21363 image in a file with that name.
21365 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21367 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21368 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21369 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21370 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21371 so it has a way to determine color values.
21373 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21375 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21376 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21377 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21379 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21381 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21382 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21383 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21384 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21385 so it has a way to determine color values.
21387 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21389 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21390 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21391 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21392 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21394 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21396 \(fn)" t nil)
21398 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21399 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21400 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21401 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21402 so it has a way to determine color values.
21404 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21406 \(fn)" t nil)
21408 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21409 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21410 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21412 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21414 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21416 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21417 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21418 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21419 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21420 so it has a way to determine color values.
21422 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21426 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21427 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21429 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21430 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21431 instead of sending it to the printer.
21433 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21434 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21435 image in a file with that name.
21437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21439 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21440 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21441 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21442 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21443 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21445 \(fn)" t nil)
21447 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21448 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21449 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21451 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21453 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21454 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21455 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21457 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21459 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21460 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21462 \(fn)" nil nil)
21464 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21465 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21467 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21468 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21470 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21471 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21473 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21475 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21477 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21479 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21480 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21482 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21483 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21485 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21486 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21488 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21490 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21492 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21494 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21495 foreground and background colors respectively.
21497 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21498 bold - use bold font.
21499 italic - use italic font.
21500 underline - put a line under text.
21501 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21502 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21503 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21504 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21505 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21507 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21509 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21511 ;;;***
21513 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21514 ;;;;;; (17930 34071))
21515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21517 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21519 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21521 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21523 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21524 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21525 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21526 buffer automatically.
21528 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21529 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21530 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21531 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21532 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21533 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21534 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21536 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21537 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21538 buffer for a list of commands.)
21540 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21542 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21543 Major mode for editing Python files.
21544 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21545 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21546 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21547 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21549 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21550 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21551 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21552 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21553 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21554 \\<python-mode-map>
21555 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21556 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21557 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21558 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21559 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21560 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21562 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21563 effect outside them.
21565 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21566 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21567 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21568 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21569 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21570 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21571 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21572 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21573 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21575 \\{python-mode-map}
21577 \(fn)" t nil)
21579 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21580 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21581 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21582 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21584 \(fn)" t nil)
21586 ;;;***
21588 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21589 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21592 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21593 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21594 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21595 coding-system.
21597 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21598 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21600 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21601 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21602 them into characters should be done separately.
21604 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21606 ;;;***
21608 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21609 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21610 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21611 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21612 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21613 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21615 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21616 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21618 \(fn)" nil nil)
21620 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21621 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21622 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21624 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21625 `quail-activate', which see.
21627 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21629 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21630 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21631 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21632 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21633 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21634 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21635 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21637 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21638 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21639 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21640 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21641 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21642 shown.
21643 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21645 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21646 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21647 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21648 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21649 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21650 list of candidates.
21652 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21653 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21654 command to be called.
21656 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21657 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21658 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21659 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21661 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21662 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21663 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21664 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21665 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21666 to t.
21668 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21669 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21670 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21671 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21673 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21674 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21675 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21676 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21678 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21679 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21680 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21681 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21682 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21683 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21685 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21686 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21687 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21688 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21689 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21690 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21692 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21693 covers Quail translation region.
21695 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21696 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21697 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21698 for it) is inserted.
21700 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21701 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21702 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21704 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21705 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21706 non-Quail commands.
21708 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21710 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21711 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21713 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21714 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21715 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21716 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21717 you type is correctly handled.
21719 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21721 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21722 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21724 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21725 keyboard type.
21727 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21729 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21730 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21731 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21732 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21733 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21734 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21735 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21736 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21737 for the translation.
21738 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21740 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21741 it is used to handle KEY.
21743 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21744 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21745 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21746 the following annotation types are supported.
21748 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21749 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21751 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21752 candidate list.
21754 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21755 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21756 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21757 inserted.
21759 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21760 generated for the following translations.
21762 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21764 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21765 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21767 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21768 which to install MAP.
21770 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21772 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21774 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21775 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21777 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21778 which to install MAP.
21780 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21782 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21784 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21785 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21786 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21787 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21788 a function, or a cons.
21789 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21790 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21791 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21792 for the translation.
21793 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21794 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21795 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21796 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21797 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21799 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21800 it is used to handle KEY.
21802 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21803 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21804 current Quail package.
21806 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21807 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21809 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21811 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21812 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21814 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21815 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21817 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21819 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21820 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21822 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21824 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21825 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21826 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21827 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21828 of the Emacs source tree.
21830 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21831 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21833 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21834 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21835 of each directory.
21837 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21839 ;;;***
21841 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21842 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21843 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21844 ;;;;;; 55218))
21845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21847 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21848 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21849 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21850 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21852 To make use of this do something like:
21854 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21856 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21858 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21859 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21861 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21862 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21863 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21865 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21867 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21868 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21870 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21872 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21873 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21875 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21876 is decided.
21878 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21880 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21881 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21883 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21884 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21885 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21887 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21889 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21890 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21892 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21894 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21895 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21897 \(fn)" t nil)
21899 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21900 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21902 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21904 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21906 \(fn)" t nil)
21908 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21909 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21911 \(fn)" t nil)
21913 ;;;***
21915 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21916 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17907 1946))
21917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21919 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21920 Connect to IRC.
21921 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21925 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21927 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21928 Not documented
21930 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21932 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21933 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21934 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21937 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21939 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21941 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21942 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21946 ;;;***
21948 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
21949 ;;;;;; 55218))
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21952 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21953 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21954 See \\[compile].
21956 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21958 ;;;***
21960 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21961 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21964 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21966 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21967 Construct a regexp interactively.
21969 \(fn)" t nil)
21971 ;;;***
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21976 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21977 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21978 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21981 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21983 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21985 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21986 Toggle recentf mode.
21987 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21988 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21990 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21991 that were operated on recently.
21993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21995 ;;;***
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21998 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21999 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22000 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22001 ;;;;;; 58279))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22004 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22005 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22006 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22007 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22009 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22011 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22013 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22014 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22015 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22016 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22017 ends.
22019 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22020 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22021 to be deleted.
22023 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22025 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22026 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22027 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22029 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22030 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22031 deleted.
22033 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22035 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22036 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22037 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22039 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22041 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22042 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22044 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22045 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22047 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22048 deleted.
22050 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22051 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22052 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22053 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22054 even beep.)
22056 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22058 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22059 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22061 \(fn)" t nil)
22063 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22064 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22065 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22066 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22067 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22068 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22069 and point is at the lower right corner.
22071 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22073 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22074 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22076 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22077 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22079 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22080 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22081 on the right side of the rectangle.
22083 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22085 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22087 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22088 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22089 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22090 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22091 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22093 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22094 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22096 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22098 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22099 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22100 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22102 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22104 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22106 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22108 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22109 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22111 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22112 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22113 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22115 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22117 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22118 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22119 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22121 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22122 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22123 rectangle which were empty.
22125 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22127 ;;;***
22129 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22130 ;;;;;; 58277))
22131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22133 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22134 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22135 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22137 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22138 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22139 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22143 ;;;***
22145 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22146 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22147 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22149 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22150 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22152 \(fn)" nil nil)
22154 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22155 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22157 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22158 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22160 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22161 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22162 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22163 \\ref macro.
22165 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22166 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22167 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22169 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22170 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22171 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22173 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22174 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22176 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22177 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22179 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22180 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22181 on the menu bar.
22183 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22187 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22188 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22189 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22191 \(fn)" nil nil)
22193 ;;;***
22195 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22196 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22199 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22200 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22201 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22202 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22203 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22204 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22206 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22208 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22210 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22211 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22212 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22213 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22214 `reftex-cite-format'.
22216 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22217 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22218 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22219 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22221 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22223 ;;;***
22225 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22226 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22229 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22230 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22231 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22232 the current TeX document.
22234 With no argument, this command toggles
22235 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22236 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22240 ;;;***
22242 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22243 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22244 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22246 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22247 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22248 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22250 To insert new phrases, use
22251 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22252 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22254 To index phrases use one of:
22256 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22257 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22258 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22259 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22260 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22262 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22263 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22265 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22267 Here are all local bindings.
22269 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22271 \(fn)" t nil)
22273 ;;;***
22275 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22276 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22279 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22280 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22281 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22282 of master file.
22284 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22286 ;;;***
22288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22289 ;;;;;; 8784))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22291 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22292 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22293 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22294 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22296 ;;;***
22298 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22299 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22302 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22303 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22304 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22305 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22306 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22307 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22309 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22310 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22312 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22313 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22315 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22317 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22318 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22319 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22320 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22322 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22324 ;;;***
22326 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22329 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22330 Repeat most recently executed command.
22331 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22332 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22333 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22335 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22336 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22337 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22339 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22341 ;;;***
22343 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22344 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22347 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22348 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22350 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22351 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22352 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22353 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22354 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22355 and point is left after the salutation.
22357 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22358 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22359 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22360 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22361 left after that text.
22363 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22364 is non-nil.
22366 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22367 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22368 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22369 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22371 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22373 ;;;***
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22376 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22379 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22380 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22381 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22382 visibility of comments that precede it.
22383 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22384 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22385 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22386 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22387 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22388 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22389 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22390 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22391 the comment lines.
22392 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22393 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22394 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22395 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22396 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22399 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22401 ;;;***
22403 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22404 ;;;;;; 58279))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22407 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22408 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22410 \(fn)" nil nil)
22412 ;;;***
22414 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22415 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22416 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22418 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22419 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22420 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22422 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22423 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22424 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22428 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22429 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22430 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22433 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22435 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22437 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22438 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22439 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22441 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22442 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22443 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22447 ;;;***
22449 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22450 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22453 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22454 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22456 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22458 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22459 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22461 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22463 ;;;***
22465 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22466 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22467 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22469 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22470 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22471 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22472 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22474 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22476 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22477 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22478 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22479 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22481 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22482 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22484 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22485 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22487 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22488 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22489 INPUT-ARGS.
22491 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22492 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22493 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22494 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22495 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22497 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22498 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22499 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22500 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22502 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22503 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22504 variable.
22506 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22508 ;;;***
22510 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22511 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22512 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22513 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22514 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22515 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22516 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17938
22517 ;;;;;; 22875))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22520 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22521 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22522 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22524 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22526 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22527 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22528 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22529 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22531 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22533 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22534 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22535 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22536 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22537 value is the user's email address and name.)
22538 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22540 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22541 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22542 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22543 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22544 which normally happens once for each message,
22545 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22546 To make a change in this variable take effect
22547 for a message that you have already viewed,
22548 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22550 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22552 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22553 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22554 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22555 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22557 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22559 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22560 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22562 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22564 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22565 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22566 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22567 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22569 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22571 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22572 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22574 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22576 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22577 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22579 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22581 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22582 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22583 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22584 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22585 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22587 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22589 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22590 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22591 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22592 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22594 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22596 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22597 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22599 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22601 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22602 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22604 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22606 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22607 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22609 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22611 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22612 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22614 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22615 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22617 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22618 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22620 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22622 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22623 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22625 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22626 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22627 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22628 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22630 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22631 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22633 This is set to nil by default.")
22635 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22636 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22637 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22638 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22639 until a user explicitly requires it.
22641 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22642 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22643 in your session.")
22645 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22647 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22648 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22649 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22650 It is called with no argument.")
22652 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22653 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22654 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22655 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22656 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22657 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22658 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22660 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22661 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22662 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22663 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22664 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22665 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22667 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22668 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22669 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22670 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22671 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22673 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22674 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22675 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22676 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22677 MSG is the message number,
22678 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22679 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22681 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22682 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22683 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22684 this feature is required with `require'.
22686 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22687 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22689 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22690 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22691 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22692 the message is decoded as normal way.
22694 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22695 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22696 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22698 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22699 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22700 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22702 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22703 Read and edit incoming mail.
22704 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22705 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22706 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22708 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22709 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22710 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22711 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22713 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22715 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22717 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22718 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22719 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22720 Instead, these commands are available:
22722 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22723 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22724 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22725 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22726 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22727 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22728 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22729 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22730 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22731 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22732 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22733 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22734 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22735 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22736 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22737 till a deleted message is found.
22738 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22739 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22740 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22741 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22742 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22743 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22744 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22745 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22746 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22747 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22748 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22749 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22750 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22751 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22752 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22753 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22754 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22755 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22756 (label defaults to last one specified).
22757 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22758 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22759 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22760 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22761 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22762 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22763 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22764 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22765 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22767 \(fn)" t nil)
22769 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22770 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22772 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22774 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22775 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22777 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22779 ;;;***
22781 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22782 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22786 Edit the contents of this message.
22788 \(fn)" t nil)
22790 ;;;***
22792 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22793 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22794 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22797 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22798 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22799 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22801 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22803 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22804 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22805 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22807 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22809 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22810 Not documented
22812 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22814 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22815 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22816 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22817 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22818 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22820 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22822 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22823 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22824 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22825 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22826 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22828 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22830 ;;;***
22832 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22833 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22836 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22837 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22838 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22839 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22841 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22843 ;;;***
22845 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22846 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22847 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22850 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22851 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22852 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22853 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22854 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22855 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22856 a file name as a string.")
22858 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22860 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22861 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22862 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22863 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22864 buffer visiting that file.
22865 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22866 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22868 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22869 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22871 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22872 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22874 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22875 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22877 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22879 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22880 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22882 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22884 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22885 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22886 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22887 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22888 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22890 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22891 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22892 will be appended with their original headers.
22894 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22895 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22897 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22898 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22900 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22902 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22904 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22905 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22906 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22908 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22910 ;;;***
22912 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22913 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22914 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
22915 ;;;;;; 55035))
22916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22918 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22919 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22920 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22922 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22924 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22925 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22926 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22928 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22930 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22931 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22932 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22934 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22936 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22937 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22938 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22940 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22942 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22943 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22944 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22946 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22948 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22949 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22950 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22952 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22954 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22955 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22956 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22957 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22959 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22961 ;;;***
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22964 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22965 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22966 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22967 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
22968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22970 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22971 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22973 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22975 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22976 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22978 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22980 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22981 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22983 \(fn)" t nil)
22985 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22986 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22987 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22989 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22991 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22992 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22993 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22994 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22995 only look in the To and From fields.
22996 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22998 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23000 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23001 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23002 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23003 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23004 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23006 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23008 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23009 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23010 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23011 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23012 look in the whole message.
23013 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23015 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23017 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23018 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23019 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23021 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23023 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23024 *Function to decode summary-line.
23026 By default, `identity' is set.")
23028 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23030 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23031 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23032 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23033 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23034 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23035 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23036 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23038 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23039 sent by you under different user names.
23040 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23042 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23044 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23046 ;;;***
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23049 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23052 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23053 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23055 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23057 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23058 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23060 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23062 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23063 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23067 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23068 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23069 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23071 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23072 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23073 in ROT13.
23075 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23077 \(fn)" t nil)
23079 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23080 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23082 \(fn)" t nil)
23084 ;;;***
23086 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23087 ;;;;;; 43069))
23088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23090 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23091 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23095 ;;;***
23097 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17842
23098 ;;;;;; 54152))
23099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23101 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23102 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23103 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23104 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23106 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23108 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23109 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23110 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23111 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23113 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23114 notation.
23116 STRING
23117 matches string STRING literally.
23119 CHAR
23120 matches character CHAR literally.
23122 `not-newline', `nonl'
23123 matches any character except a newline.
23125 `anything'
23126 matches any character
23128 `(any SET ...)'
23129 `(in SET ...)'
23130 `(char SET ...)'
23131 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23132 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23133 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23135 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23136 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23137 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23138 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23140 `(not (any SET ...))'
23141 matches any character not in SET ...
23143 `line-start', `bol'
23144 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23145 in the text being matched
23147 `line-end', `eol'
23148 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23150 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23151 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23152 string being matched against.
23154 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23155 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23156 string being matched against.
23158 `buffer-start'
23159 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23160 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23162 `buffer-end'
23163 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23164 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23166 `point'
23167 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23169 `word-start', `bow'
23170 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23171 word.
23173 `word-end', `eow'
23174 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23176 `word-boundary'
23177 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23178 word.
23180 `(not word-boundary)'
23181 `not-word-boundary'
23182 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23183 word.
23185 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23186 matches 0 through 9.
23188 `control', `cntrl'
23189 matches ASCII control characters.
23191 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23192 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23194 `blank'
23195 matches space and tab only.
23197 `graphic', `graph'
23198 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23199 space, and DEL.
23201 `printing', `print'
23202 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23203 and DEL.
23205 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23206 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23207 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23209 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23210 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23211 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23213 `ascii'
23214 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23216 `nonascii'
23217 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23219 `lower', `lower-case'
23220 matches anything lower-case.
23222 `upper', `upper-case'
23223 matches anything upper-case.
23225 `punctuation', `punct'
23226 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23227 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23229 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23230 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23232 `word', `wordchar'
23233 matches anything that has word syntax.
23235 `not-wordchar'
23236 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23238 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23239 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23240 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23241 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23243 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23244 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23245 `word' (\\sw)
23246 `symbol' (\\s_)
23247 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23248 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23249 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23250 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23251 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23252 `escape' (\\s\\)
23253 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23254 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23255 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23256 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23257 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23259 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23260 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23262 `(category CATEGORY)'
23263 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23264 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23266 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23267 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23268 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23269 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23270 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23271 `symbol' (\\c5)
23272 `digit' (\\c6)
23273 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23274 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23275 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23276 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23277 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23278 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23279 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23280 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23281 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23282 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23283 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23284 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23285 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23286 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23287 `ascii' (\\ca)
23288 `arabic' (\\cb)
23289 `chinese' (\\cc)
23290 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23291 `greek' (\\cg)
23292 `korean' (\\ch)
23293 `indian' (\\ci)
23294 `japanese' (\\cj)
23295 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23296 `latin' (\\cl)
23297 `lao' (\\co)
23298 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23299 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23300 `thai' (\\ct)
23301 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23302 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23303 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23304 `can-break' (\\c|)
23306 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23307 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23309 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23310 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23311 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23312 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23313 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23315 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23316 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23317 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23318 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23320 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23321 another name for `submatch'.
23323 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23324 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23325 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23326 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23327 regular expression.
23329 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23330 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23331 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23332 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23333 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23335 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23336 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23338 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23339 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23341 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23342 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23343 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23345 `(* SEXP ...)'
23346 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23347 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23349 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23350 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23351 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23353 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23354 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23355 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23357 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23358 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23360 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23361 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23363 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23364 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23365 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23366 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23368 `(? SEXP ...)'
23369 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23371 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23372 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23374 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23375 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23376 matches N occurrences.
23378 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23379 matches N or more occurrences.
23381 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23382 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23383 matches N to M occurrences.
23385 `(backref N)'
23386 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23388 `(backref N)'
23389 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23391 `(backref N)'
23392 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23394 `(eval FORM)'
23395 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23396 `regexp-quote' it.
23398 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23399 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23401 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23403 ;;;***
23405 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23406 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23407 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23409 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23410 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23411 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23412 interface.")
23414 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23416 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23417 Toggle savehist-mode.
23418 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23419 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23420 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23421 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23423 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23424 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23425 which is probably undesirable.
23427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23429 ;;;***
23431 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23432 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23435 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23436 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23437 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23439 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23440 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23441 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23442 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23443 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23444 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23445 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23446 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23448 Commands:
23449 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23450 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23451 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23452 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23453 if that value is non-nil.
23455 \(fn)" t nil)
23457 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23458 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23459 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23461 Commands:
23462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23463 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23464 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23465 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23466 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23467 that variable's value is a string.
23469 \(fn)" t nil)
23471 ;;;***
23473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23474 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23477 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23478 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23479 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23481 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23483 \(fn)" t nil)
23485 ;;;***
23487 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23488 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23489 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23491 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23492 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23493 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23496 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23498 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23500 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23501 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23502 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23503 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23504 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23508 ;;;***
23510 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23511 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23512 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23514 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23515 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23516 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23517 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23518 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23519 during scrolling.
23521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23523 ;;;***
23525 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23526 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23527 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23528 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23529 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23530 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23531 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23532 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23533 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17842 55035))
23534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23536 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23537 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23539 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23540 king@grassland.com
23541 If `parens', they look like:
23542 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23543 If `angles', they look like:
23544 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23545 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23546 derived from the envelope-from address.
23548 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23549 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23550 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23551 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23553 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23555 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23556 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23557 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23558 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23560 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23561 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23562 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23563 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23565 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23567 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23568 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23569 This is done when the message is initialized,
23570 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23572 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23574 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23575 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23576 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23578 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23580 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23582 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23583 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23584 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23585 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23586 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23587 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23588 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23590 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23592 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23593 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23595 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23597 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23598 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23599 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23601 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23603 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23604 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23605 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23606 when you first send mail.")
23608 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23610 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23611 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23612 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23613 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23614 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23616 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23618 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23619 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23620 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23621 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23622 This file need not actually exist.")
23624 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23626 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23627 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23628 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23630 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23632 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23633 Alist of mail address aliases,
23634 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23635 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23636 can specify a different file name.)
23637 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23638 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23640 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23641 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23642 nil means use indentation.")
23644 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23646 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23647 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23648 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23650 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23652 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23653 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23654 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23655 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23656 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23657 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23658 in the cited portion of the message.
23660 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23661 instead of no action.")
23663 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23665 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23666 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23667 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23668 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23669 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23671 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23673 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23674 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23675 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23676 If a string, that string is inserted.
23677 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23678 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23679 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23680 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23682 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23684 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23685 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23687 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23689 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23690 Directory for mail buffers.
23691 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23692 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23694 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23696 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23697 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23698 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23699 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23701 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23703 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23704 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23705 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23706 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23707 is non-nil.")
23709 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23711 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23712 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23713 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23714 `query' means ask the user each time.
23715 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23716 The default is `mime'.
23717 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23718 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23720 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23722 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23723 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23724 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23726 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23727 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23729 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23730 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23731 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23732 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23733 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23734 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23735 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23736 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23737 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23738 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23739 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23740 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23741 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23743 \(fn)" t nil)
23745 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23746 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23748 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23749 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23751 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23753 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23754 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23755 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23756 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23757 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23758 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23760 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23761 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23762 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23764 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23765 User should not set this variable manually,
23766 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23767 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23768 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23769 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23771 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23772 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23773 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23774 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23776 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23777 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23779 \\<mail-mode-map>
23780 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23782 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23783 to move to message header fields:
23784 \\{mail-mode-map}
23786 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23787 when the message is initialized.
23789 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23790 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23792 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23793 is inserted.
23795 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23796 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23798 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23799 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23800 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23801 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23802 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23803 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23804 buffer without erasing the contents.
23806 The second through fifth arguments,
23807 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23808 the initial contents of those header fields.
23809 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23810 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23811 original message being replied to, or else an action
23812 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23813 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23814 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23815 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23816 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23817 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23819 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23821 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23822 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23824 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23826 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23827 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23829 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23831 ;;;***
23833 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23834 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23837 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23838 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23839 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23840 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23841 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23842 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23844 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23845 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23847 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23849 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23850 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23851 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23853 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23854 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23856 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23858 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23859 Toggle Server mode.
23860 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23861 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23862 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23866 ;;;***
23868 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
23869 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23871 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23872 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23873 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23875 Key definitions:
23876 \\{ses-mode-map}
23877 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23878 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23879 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23880 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23882 \(fn)" t nil)
23884 ;;;***
23886 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23887 ;;;;;; (17887 16434))
23888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23890 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23891 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23892 Makes > match <.
23893 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23894 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23896 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23897 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23898 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23900 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23901 in your `.emacs' file.
23903 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23905 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23906 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23907 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23909 \(fn)" t nil)
23911 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23913 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23914 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23915 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23916 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23917 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23918 which this is based.
23920 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23922 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23923 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23924 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23925 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23927 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23928 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23929 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23931 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23932 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23933 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23934 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23936 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23937 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23938 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23939 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23941 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23943 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23944 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23945 To work around that, do:
23946 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23948 \\{html-mode-map}
23950 \(fn)" t nil)
23952 ;;;***
23954 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23955 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23957 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23959 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23960 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23961 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23962 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23963 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23964 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23966 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23967 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23968 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23969 shell-specific features.
23971 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23972 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23973 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23974 \\<sh-mode-map>
23975 \\[sh-case] case statement
23976 \\[sh-for] for loop
23977 \\[sh-function] function definition
23978 \\[sh-if] if statement
23979 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23980 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23981 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23982 \\[sh-select] select loop
23983 \\[sh-until] until loop
23984 \\[sh-while] while loop
23986 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23987 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23988 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23989 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23990 would indent to the way it currently is.
23991 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23992 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23995 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23996 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23997 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23998 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23999 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24000 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24002 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24003 {, (, [, ', \", `
24004 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24006 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24007 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24008 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24010 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24011 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24013 \(fn)" t nil)
24015 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24017 ;;;***
24019 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24022 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24023 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24024 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24025 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24026 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24027 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24029 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24031 ;;;***
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24037 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24038 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24040 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24041 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24042 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24043 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24044 the earlier.
24046 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24048 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24050 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24051 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24052 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24054 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24055 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24057 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24058 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24059 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24060 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24061 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24062 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24063 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24064 Emacs version).
24066 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24067 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24068 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24069 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24070 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24072 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24073 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24074 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24076 \(fn)" t nil)
24078 ;;;***
24080 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24081 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24082 ;;;;;; 58278))
24083 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24085 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24086 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24087 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24088 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24089 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24090 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24091 in the cluster.
24093 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24095 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24096 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24097 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24098 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24099 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24101 \(fn)" t nil)
24103 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24104 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24105 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24106 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24107 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24108 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24109 `shadow-define-cluster').
24111 \(fn)" t nil)
24113 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24114 Set up file shadowing.
24116 \(fn)" t nil)
24118 ;;;***
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24121 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24124 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24125 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24126 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24127 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24128 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24129 arguments.")
24131 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24133 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24134 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24135 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24136 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24137 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24138 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24139 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24140 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24141 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24142 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24143 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24144 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24145 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24146 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24148 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24149 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24150 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24151 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24152 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24153 `default-process-coding-system'.
24155 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24156 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24157 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24158 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24160 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24163 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24165 ;;;***
24167 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24168 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24171 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24172 Not documented
24174 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24176 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24177 Not documented
24179 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24181 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24182 Not documented
24184 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24186 ;;;***
24188 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24189 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24192 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24193 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24194 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24195 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24196 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24198 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24202 ;;;***
24204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17938 22875))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24206 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24208 ;;;***
24210 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24211 ;;;;;; 56332))
24212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24214 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24215 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24216 \\{simula-mode-map}
24217 Variables controlling indentation style:
24218 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24219 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24220 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24221 `simula-indent-level'
24222 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24223 `simula-substatement-offset'
24224 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24225 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24226 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24227 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24228 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24229 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24230 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24231 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24232 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24233 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24234 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24235 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24236 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24237 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24238 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24239 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24240 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24241 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24242 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24243 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24244 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24245 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24246 or nil if they should not be changed.
24247 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24248 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24249 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24250 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24252 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24253 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24255 \(fn)" t nil)
24257 ;;;***
24259 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24260 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24263 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24264 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24266 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24267 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24268 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24269 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24271 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24273 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24274 Insert SKELETON.
24275 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24276 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24277 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24278 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24279 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24281 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24282 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24284 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24286 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24287 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24289 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24290 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24291 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24292 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24294 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24295 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24296 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24297 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24299 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24300 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24301 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24303 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24304 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24306 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24307 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24309 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24310 _ interesting point, interregion here
24311 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24312 interesting point set by _
24313 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24314 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24315 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24316 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24317 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24318 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24319 nil skipped
24321 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24322 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24324 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24325 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24326 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24327 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24328 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24329 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24330 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24331 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24333 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24334 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24335 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24336 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24337 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24338 available:
24340 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24341 then: insert previously read string once more
24342 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24343 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24344 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24346 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24347 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24349 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24351 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24352 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24354 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24355 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24356 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24357 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24358 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24359 such as backslash.
24361 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24362 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24363 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24367 ;;;***
24369 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24370 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24371 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24373 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24374 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24375 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24376 buffer names.
24378 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24380 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24381 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24382 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24386 ;;;***
24388 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24389 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24392 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24393 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24394 A list of images is returned.
24396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24398 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24399 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24400 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24404 ;;;***
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24407 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17938 24686))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24410 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24411 Not documented
24413 \(fn)" nil nil)
24415 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24416 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24418 \(fn)" t nil)
24420 ;;;***
24422 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24425 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24426 Play the Snake game.
24427 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24429 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24431 Snake mode keybindings:
24432 \\<snake-mode-map>
24433 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24434 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24435 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24436 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24437 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24438 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24439 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24441 \(fn)" t nil)
24443 ;;;***
24445 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24446 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24447 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24449 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24450 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24451 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24452 Tab indents for C code.
24453 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24454 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24455 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24456 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24457 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24459 \(fn)" t nil)
24461 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24462 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24463 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24464 Tab indents for C code.
24465 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24466 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24467 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24468 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24469 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24471 \(fn)" t nil)
24473 ;;;***
24475 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24476 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24477 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17916 11038))
24478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24480 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24481 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24483 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24484 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24485 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24487 For example, the form
24489 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24490 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24492 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24494 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24496 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24497 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24499 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24500 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24501 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24502 York City.
24504 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24506 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24508 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24509 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24511 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24512 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24513 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24514 York City.
24516 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24518 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24520 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24521 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24522 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24523 pair.
24525 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24527 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24529 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24530 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24531 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24533 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24534 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24536 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24540 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24541 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24542 Requires floating point.
24544 \(fn)" nil nil)
24546 ;;;***
24548 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24549 ;;;;;; 55395))
24550 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24552 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24553 Play Solitaire.
24555 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24556 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24557 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24558 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24559 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24560 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24561 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24562 check after each move or undo)
24564 What is Solitaire?
24566 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24567 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24568 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24570 Le Solitaire
24571 ============
24573 o o o
24575 o o o
24577 o o o o o o o
24579 o o o . o o o
24581 o o o o o o o
24583 o o o
24585 o o o
24587 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24588 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24589 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24590 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24592 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24593 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24594 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24595 this: o o .
24597 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24598 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24600 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24602 o o o
24604 . o o
24606 o o . o o o o
24608 o . o o o o o
24610 o o o o o o o
24612 o o o
24614 o o o
24616 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24618 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24620 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24622 ;;;***
24624 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24625 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24626 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24627 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24629 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24630 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24632 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24633 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24634 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24635 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24636 contiguous.
24638 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24639 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24640 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24641 the sort order.
24643 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24644 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24646 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24647 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24648 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24649 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24650 is called.
24652 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24653 It should move point to the end of the record.
24655 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24656 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24657 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24658 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24659 starts at the beginning of the record.
24661 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24662 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24663 same as ENDRECFUN.
24665 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24666 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24668 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24670 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24671 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24672 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24673 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24674 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24675 the sort order.
24677 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24679 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24680 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24681 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24682 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24683 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24684 the sort order.
24686 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24688 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24689 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24690 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24691 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24692 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24693 the sort order.
24695 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24697 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24698 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24699 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24700 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24701 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24702 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24703 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24704 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24705 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24707 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24709 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24710 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24711 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24712 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24713 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24714 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24715 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24716 the sort order.
24718 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24720 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24721 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24722 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24723 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24724 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24725 is to be used for sorting.
24726 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24727 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24728 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24729 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24730 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24732 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24734 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24735 the sort order.
24737 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24738 starting with the letter \"f\",
24739 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24741 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24743 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24744 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24745 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24746 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24747 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24748 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24749 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24750 the sort order.
24752 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24753 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24754 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24755 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24756 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24758 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24760 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24761 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24762 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24764 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24766 ;;;***
24768 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24769 ;;;;;; 54741))
24770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24772 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24773 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24775 \(fn)" t nil)
24777 ;;;***
24779 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24780 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24781 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24784 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24785 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24787 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24788 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24789 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24791 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24793 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24794 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24795 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24796 server.
24798 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24800 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24801 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24802 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24804 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24806 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24807 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24808 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24809 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24810 Agent is plugged.
24812 \(fn)" t nil)
24814 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24815 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24816 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24817 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24819 \(fn)" t nil)
24821 ;;;***
24823 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24824 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24827 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24829 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24830 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24831 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24832 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24833 supported at a time.
24834 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24835 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24839 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24840 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24841 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24842 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24844 \(fn)" t nil)
24846 ;;;***
24848 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24849 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
24850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24852 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24854 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24855 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24856 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24857 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24858 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24859 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24861 \(fn)" t nil)
24863 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24864 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24865 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24866 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24868 \(fn)" t nil)
24870 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24871 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24872 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24873 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24874 for example, \"word\".
24876 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24878 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24879 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24881 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24883 ;;;***
24885 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
24886 ;;;;;; 55395))
24887 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24889 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24890 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24892 \(fn)" t nil)
24894 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24895 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24897 \(fn)" nil nil)
24899 ;;;***
24901 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24902 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24903 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24904 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
24905 ;;;;;; 56332))
24906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24908 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24909 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24911 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24912 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24913 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24914 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24915 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24916 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24917 of the current highlighting list.
24919 For example:
24921 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24922 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24924 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24925 `_t' as data types.
24927 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24929 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24930 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24932 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24933 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24935 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24937 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24938 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24939 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24941 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24943 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24944 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24945 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24946 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24947 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24948 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24949 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24950 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24951 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24953 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24955 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24956 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24957 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24958 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24960 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24961 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24962 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24963 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24965 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24966 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24967 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24969 \(fn)" t nil)
24971 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24972 Major mode to edit SQL.
24974 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24975 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24976 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24978 \\{sql-mode-map}
24979 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24981 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24982 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24983 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24984 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24985 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24986 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24988 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24989 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24991 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24992 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24993 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24995 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24996 (lambda ()
24997 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25001 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25002 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25004 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25005 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25006 `*SQL*'.
25008 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25010 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25012 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25013 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25015 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25016 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25017 `*SQL*'.
25019 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25020 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25021 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25022 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25024 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25025 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25027 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25028 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25029 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25030 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25031 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25032 `default-process-coding-system'.
25034 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25036 \(fn)" t nil)
25038 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25039 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25041 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25042 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25043 `*SQL*'.
25045 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25046 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25047 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25048 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25050 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25051 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25053 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25054 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25055 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25056 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25057 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25058 `default-process-coding-system'.
25060 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25062 \(fn)" t nil)
25064 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25065 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25067 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25068 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25069 `*SQL*'.
25071 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25072 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25074 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25075 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25077 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25078 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25079 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25080 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25081 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25082 `default-process-coding-system'.
25084 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25086 \(fn)" t nil)
25088 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25089 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25091 SQLite is free software.
25093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25095 `*SQL*'.
25097 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25098 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25099 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25100 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25102 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25103 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25105 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25106 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25107 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25108 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25109 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25110 `default-process-coding-system'.
25112 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25114 \(fn)" t nil)
25116 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25117 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25119 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25121 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25122 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25123 `*SQL*'.
25125 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25126 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25127 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25128 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25130 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25131 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25133 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25134 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25135 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25136 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25137 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25138 `default-process-coding-system'.
25140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25142 \(fn)" t nil)
25144 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25145 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25147 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25148 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25149 `*SQL*'.
25151 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25152 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25153 defaults, if set.
25155 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25156 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25158 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25159 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25160 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25161 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25162 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25163 `default-process-coding-system'.
25165 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25167 \(fn)" t nil)
25169 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25170 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25172 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25173 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25174 `*SQL*'.
25176 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25177 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25184 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25187 `default-process-coding-system'.
25189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25191 \(fn)" t nil)
25193 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25194 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25198 `*SQL*'.
25200 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25201 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25202 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25203 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25205 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25206 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25208 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25209 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25210 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25211 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25212 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25213 `default-process-coding-system'.
25215 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25217 \(fn)" t nil)
25219 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25220 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25222 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25223 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25224 `*SQL*'.
25226 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25227 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25228 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25229 `sql-postgres-options'.
25231 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25232 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25234 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25235 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25236 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25237 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25238 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25239 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25240 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25241 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25243 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25244 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25246 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25251 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25253 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25254 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25255 `*SQL*'.
25257 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25258 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25259 defaults, if set.
25261 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25262 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25264 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25265 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25266 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25267 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25268 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25269 `default-process-coding-system'.
25271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25275 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25276 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25278 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25279 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25280 `*SQL*'.
25282 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25283 automatic login.
25285 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25288 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25289 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25290 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25291 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25293 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25294 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25295 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25296 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25297 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25298 `default-process-coding-system'.
25300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25304 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25305 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25307 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25308 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25309 `*SQL*'.
25311 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25312 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25313 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25314 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25315 parameters.
25317 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25318 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25319 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25320 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25321 an empty password.
25323 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25324 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25326 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25328 \(fn)" t nil)
25330 ;;;***
25332 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25333 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25334 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25335 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25336 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25337 ;;;;;; 58278))
25338 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25340 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25341 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25342 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25343 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25344 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25345 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25347 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25349 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25351 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25352 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25353 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25354 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25355 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25356 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25357 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25359 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25361 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25362 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25363 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25364 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25365 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25366 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25367 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25369 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25371 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25372 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25373 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25375 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25377 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25378 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25379 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25381 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25383 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25384 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25386 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25388 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25389 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25391 \(fn)" t nil)
25393 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25394 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25396 \(fn)" t nil)
25398 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25399 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25400 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25401 chronologically by command name.
25402 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25404 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25406 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25407 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25408 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25411 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25413 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25415 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25416 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25417 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25418 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25419 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25420 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25421 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25423 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25424 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25425 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25426 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25428 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25432 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25433 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25434 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25435 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25437 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25439 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25440 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25442 \(fn)" t nil)
25444 ;;;***
25446 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25447 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25450 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25451 Studlify-case the region.
25453 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25455 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25456 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25458 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25460 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25461 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25463 \(fn)" t nil)
25465 ;;;***
25467 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17938 61442))
25468 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25470 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25471 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25472 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25473 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25474 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25475 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25477 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25478 is used instead of `load-path'.
25480 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25481 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25482 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25484 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25486 ;;;***
25488 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25489 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25492 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25493 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25494 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25495 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25496 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25497 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25498 original message but it does require a few things:
25500 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25502 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25503 reply buffer.
25505 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25506 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25507 original message.
25509 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25511 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25513 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25514 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25515 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25517 \(fn)" nil nil)
25519 ;;;***
25521 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17938 61442))
25522 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25524 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25525 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25526 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25529 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25531 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25533 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25534 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25535 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25537 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25541 ;;;***
25543 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25546 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25547 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25548 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25549 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25550 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25554 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25555 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25556 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25557 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25558 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25559 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25560 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25564 ;;;***
25566 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25567 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25568 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25569 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25570 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25571 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25572 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25573 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25574 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25575 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25576 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25577 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25578 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17842 58276))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25581 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25582 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25583 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25585 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25587 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25588 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25590 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25592 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25593 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25595 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25597 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25598 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25600 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25602 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25603 Insert an editable text table.
25604 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25605 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25606 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25607 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25608 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25609 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25610 delimiting them.
25612 Examples:
25614 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25616 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25617 location of point.
25621 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25622 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25623 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25624 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25625 first cell.
25627 +-----+-----+-----+
25628 |-!- | | |
25629 +-----+-----+-----+
25631 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25633 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25634 width, which results as
25636 +--------------+-----+-----+
25637 |-!- | | |
25638 +--------------+-----+-----+
25640 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25641 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25644 | | |-!- |
25645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25647 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25648 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25649 width information to `table-insert'.
25651 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25653 instead of
25655 Cell width(s): 5
25657 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25658 work all together.
25660 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25661 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25663 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25664 |-!- | | |
25665 | | | |
25666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25668 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25671 |-!- | | |
25672 | | | |
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 | | | |
25675 | | | |
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25678 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25681 | | | |
25682 | | | |
25683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25684 | | | |
25685 | | | |
25686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25689 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25690 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25691 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25694 | | | |
25695 | | | |
25696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25697 | | | |
25698 | | | |
25699 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25700 |-!- | | |
25701 | | | |
25702 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25704 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25705 results.
25707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25708 | | | |
25709 | | | |
25710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25711 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25712 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25713 | | |expected results.-!- |
25714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25715 | | | |
25716 | | | |
25717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25719 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25721 \\{table-cell-map}
25723 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25725 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25726 Insert N table row(s).
25727 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25728 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25729 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25730 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25732 \(fn N)" t nil)
25734 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25735 Insert N table column(s).
25736 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25737 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25738 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25739 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25741 \(fn N)" t nil)
25743 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25744 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25745 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25747 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25749 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25750 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25751 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25752 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25753 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25754 all the table specific features.
25756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25758 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25759 Not documented
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25763 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25764 Recognize all tables within region.
25765 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25766 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25767 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25768 specific features.
25770 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25772 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25773 Not documented
25775 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25777 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25778 Recognize a table at point.
25779 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25780 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25781 the table specific features.
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25785 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25786 Not documented
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25790 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25791 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25792 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25793 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25794 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25795 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25796 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25798 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25800 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25801 Not documented
25803 \(fn)" t nil)
25805 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25806 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25807 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25808 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25809 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25810 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25811 specified.
25813 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25815 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25816 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25817 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25818 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25819 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25820 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25821 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25822 table structure.
25824 \(fn N)" t nil)
25826 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25827 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25828 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25829 table's rectangle structure.
25831 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25833 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25834 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25835 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25836 table's rectangle structure.
25838 \(fn N)" t nil)
25840 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25841 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25842 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25843 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25844 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25846 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25848 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25849 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25850 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25852 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25853 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25854 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25855 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25856 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25857 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25858 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25860 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25861 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25862 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25863 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25864 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25865 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25866 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25868 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25869 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25870 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25871 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25872 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25873 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25874 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25875 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25877 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25879 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25880 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25881 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25882 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25886 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25887 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25888 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25890 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25892 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25893 Split current cell vertically.
25894 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25896 \(fn)" t nil)
25898 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25899 Split current cell horizontally.
25900 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25902 \(fn)" t nil)
25904 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25905 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25906 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25908 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25910 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25911 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25912 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25913 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25915 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25917 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25918 Justify cell contents.
25919 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25920 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25921 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25922 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25924 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25926 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25927 Justify cells of a row.
25928 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25929 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25931 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25933 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25934 Justify cells of a column.
25935 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25936 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25938 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25940 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25941 Toggle fixing width mode.
25942 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25943 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25944 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25949 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25950 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25951 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25952 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25953 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25954 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25955 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25956 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25957 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25958 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25960 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25962 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25963 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25964 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25965 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25966 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25967 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25968 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25969 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25970 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25971 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25972 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25973 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25974 untouched.
25976 References used for this implementation:
25978 HTML:
25979 http://www.w3.org
25981 LaTeX:
25982 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25984 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25985 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25986 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25988 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25990 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25991 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25992 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25993 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25994 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25995 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25996 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25997 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25998 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25999 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26000 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26001 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26002 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26003 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26004 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26005 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26006 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26008 Example:
26010 (progn
26011 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26012 (table-forward-cell 15)
26013 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26014 (table-forward-cell 16)
26015 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26016 (table-forward-cell 1)
26017 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26019 (progn
26020 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26021 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26022 (table-forward-cell 1)
26023 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26025 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26027 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26028 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26029 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26030 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26031 consists from cells of same height.
26033 \(fn N)" t nil)
26035 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26036 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26037 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26038 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26039 column must consists from cells of same width.
26041 \(fn N)" t nil)
26043 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26044 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26045 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26046 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26047 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26048 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26049 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26050 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26051 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26052 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26053 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26054 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26055 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26056 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26057 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26060 Example 1:
26062 1, 2, 3, 4
26063 5, 6, 7, 8
26064 , 9, 10
26066 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26067 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26068 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26069 specified as 5.
26071 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26072 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26073 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26074 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26075 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26076 | | 9 | 10 | |
26077 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26079 Note:
26081 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26082 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26083 of each row is optional.
26086 Example 2:
26088 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26089 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26090 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26091 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26092 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26094 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26095 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26097 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26098 expression and raw delimiter regular
26099 expression, it parses the specified text
26100 area and extracts cell items from
26101 non-table text and then forms a table out
26102 of them.
26104 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26105 creates a single cell table. The text in
26106 the specified region is placed in that
26107 cell.-*-
26109 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26110 like this.
26112 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26113 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26114 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26116 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26117 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26118 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26119 | area and extracts cell items from |
26120 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26121 | of them. |
26123 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26124 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26125 | the specified region is placed in that |
26126 | cell. |
26127 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26129 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26130 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26131 independently.
26133 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26134 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26135 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26137 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26138 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26139 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26140 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26141 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26142 | |of them. |
26143 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26144 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26145 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26146 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26147 | |cell. |
26148 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26150 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26151 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26152 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26154 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26156 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26157 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26158 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26159 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26160 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26162 \(fn)" t nil)
26164 ;;;***
26166 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26169 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26170 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26172 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26174 ;;;***
26176 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17842 58278))
26177 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26179 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26180 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26181 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26182 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26183 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26184 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26185 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26187 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26188 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26189 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26190 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26192 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26193 \\{tar-mode-map}
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26197 ;;;***
26199 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26200 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26203 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26204 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26205 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26206 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26207 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26208 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26210 Variables controlling indentation style:
26211 `tcl-indent-level'
26212 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26213 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26214 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26216 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26217 documentation for details):
26218 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26219 Controls action of TAB key.
26220 `tcl-auto-newline'
26221 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26222 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26223 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26224 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26225 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26227 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26228 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26229 already exist.
26231 Commands:
26232 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26234 \(fn)" t nil)
26236 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26237 Run inferior Tcl process.
26238 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26239 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26241 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26243 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26244 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26245 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26247 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26249 ;;;***
26251 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26253 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26255 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26256 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26257 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26258 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26260 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26261 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26262 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26263 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26264 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26266 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26267 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26269 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26270 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26271 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26272 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26274 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26276 ;;;***
26278 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17922
26279 ;;;;;; 37595))
26280 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26282 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26283 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26284 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26285 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26286 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26287 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26289 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26291 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26292 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26293 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26294 commands to use in that buffer.
26296 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26298 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26300 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26301 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26303 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26305 ;;;***
26307 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26308 ;;;;;; 58278))
26309 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26311 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26312 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26313 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26314 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26315 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26316 program as keyboard input.
26318 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26319 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26320 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26321 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26323 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26324 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26325 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26326 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26327 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26329 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26331 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26332 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26333 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26334 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26336 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26337 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26338 subprocess started.
26340 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26342 ;;;***
26344 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26345 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26348 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26349 Start coverage on function under point.
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26353 ;;;***
26355 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17897 26294))
26356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26358 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26359 Play the Tetris game.
26360 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26361 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26362 as to form complete rows.
26364 tetris-mode keybindings:
26365 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26366 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26367 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26368 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26369 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26370 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26371 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26372 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26373 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26377 ;;;***
26379 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26380 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26381 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26382 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26383 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26384 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26385 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26386 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
26387 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26389 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26390 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26392 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26394 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26395 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26396 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26397 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26398 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26400 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26402 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26403 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26404 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26405 if it matches the first line of the file,
26406 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26408 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26410 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26411 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26412 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26413 if the variable is non-nil.")
26415 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26417 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26418 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26420 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26422 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26423 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26424 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26425 See the documentation of that variable.")
26427 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26429 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26430 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26431 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26432 See the documentation of that variable.")
26434 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26436 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26437 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26438 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26439 See the documentation of that variable.")
26441 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26443 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26444 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26445 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26446 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26447 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26449 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26451 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26452 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26453 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26454 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26456 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26458 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26459 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26460 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26462 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26464 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26465 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26466 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26467 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26469 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26471 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26472 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26473 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26474 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26476 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26478 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26479 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26480 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26481 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26483 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26484 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26485 for example,
26487 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26488 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26490 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26491 use.")
26493 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26495 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26496 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26497 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26498 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26499 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26501 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26503 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26505 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26506 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26507 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26509 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26511 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26512 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26513 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26514 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26515 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26517 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26519 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26520 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26522 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26524 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26525 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26527 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26529 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26530 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26531 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26532 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26533 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26534 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26535 says which mode to use.
26537 \(fn)" t nil)
26539 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26541 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26543 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26545 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26546 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26547 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26548 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26549 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26551 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26552 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26553 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26554 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26555 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26556 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26557 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26559 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26560 mismatched $'s or braces.
26562 Special commands:
26563 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26565 Mode variables:
26566 tex-run-command
26567 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26568 tex-directory
26569 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26570 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26571 tex-dvi-print-command
26572 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26573 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26574 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26575 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26576 tex-dvi-view-command
26577 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26578 tex-show-queue-command
26579 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26580 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26582 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26583 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26584 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26586 \(fn)" t nil)
26588 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26589 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26590 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26591 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26592 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26594 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26595 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26596 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26597 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26598 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26599 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26600 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26602 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26603 mismatched $'s or braces.
26605 Special commands:
26606 \\{latex-mode-map}
26608 Mode variables:
26609 latex-run-command
26610 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26611 tex-directory
26612 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26613 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26614 tex-dvi-print-command
26615 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26616 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26617 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26618 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26619 tex-dvi-view-command
26620 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26621 tex-show-queue-command
26622 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26623 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26625 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26626 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26627 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26629 \(fn)" t nil)
26631 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26632 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26633 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26634 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26635 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26637 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26638 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26639 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26640 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26641 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26642 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26643 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26645 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26646 mismatched $'s or braces.
26648 Special commands:
26649 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26651 Mode variables:
26652 slitex-run-command
26653 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26654 tex-directory
26655 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26656 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26657 tex-dvi-print-command
26658 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26659 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26660 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26661 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26662 tex-dvi-view-command
26663 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26664 tex-show-queue-command
26665 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26666 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26668 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26669 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26670 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26671 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26673 \(fn)" t nil)
26675 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26676 Not documented
26678 \(fn)" nil nil)
26680 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26681 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26683 \(fn)" t nil)
26685 ;;;***
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26688 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26691 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26692 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26693 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26694 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26696 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26697 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26698 Info-split to do these manually.
26700 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26702 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26703 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26704 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26705 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26706 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26708 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26710 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26711 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26712 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26713 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26715 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26716 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26717 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26718 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26720 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26721 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26723 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26725 ;;;***
26727 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26728 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26731 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26732 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26734 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26736 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26737 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26739 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26741 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26742 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26744 It has these extra commands:
26745 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26747 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26748 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26749 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26750 modified version of TeX input format.
26752 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26753 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26754 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26755 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26757 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26758 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26759 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26760 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26761 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26762 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26763 in the Texinfo file.
26765 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26766 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26767 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26768 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26769 move forward past the closing brace.
26771 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26772 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26774 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26775 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26776 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26778 Here are the functions:
26780 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26781 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26782 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26784 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26785 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26786 texinfo-master-menu
26788 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26790 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26791 which menu descriptions are indented.
26793 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26794 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26795 in the region.
26797 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26798 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26799 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26800 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26802 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26803 be the first node in the file.
26805 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26806 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26808 \(fn)" t nil)
26810 ;;;***
26812 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26813 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26814 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26815 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26816 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26818 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26819 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26820 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26821 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26823 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26825 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26826 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26828 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26830 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26831 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26833 \(fn)" t nil)
26835 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26836 Not documented
26838 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26840 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26841 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26842 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26843 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26844 to compose.
26846 The return value is number of composed characters.
26848 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26850 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26851 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26855 ;;;***
26857 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26858 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26859 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
26860 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26862 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26863 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26865 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26867 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26868 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26869 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26870 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26871 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26873 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26874 a symbol as a valid THING.
26876 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26877 of the textual entity that was found.
26879 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26881 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26882 Return the THING at point.
26883 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26884 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26885 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26887 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26888 a symbol as a valid THING.
26890 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26892 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26893 Not documented
26895 \(fn)" nil nil)
26897 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26898 Not documented
26900 \(fn)" nil nil)
26902 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26903 Not documented
26905 \(fn)" nil nil)
26907 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26908 Not documented
26910 \(fn)" nil nil)
26912 ;;;***
26914 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26915 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26916 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26919 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26920 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26922 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26924 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26925 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26926 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26927 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26929 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26931 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26932 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26934 \(fn)" t nil)
26936 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26937 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26939 \(fn)" t nil)
26941 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26943 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26944 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26948 ;;;***
26950 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26951 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26952 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26953 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26954 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26955 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
26956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26958 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26959 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26960 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26962 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26964 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26965 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26967 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26969 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26970 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26971 The returned string has no composition information.
26973 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26975 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26976 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26980 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26981 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26983 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26985 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26986 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26987 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26988 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26990 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26992 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26993 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26994 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26995 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26999 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27000 Not documented
27002 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27004 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27005 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27006 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27008 \(fn)" t nil)
27010 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27011 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27012 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27014 \(fn)" t nil)
27016 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27017 Not documented
27019 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27021 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27022 Not documented
27024 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27026 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27027 Not documented
27029 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27031 ;;;***
27033 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27034 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27037 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27038 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27039 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27040 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27041 parameters.
27042 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27044 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27046 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27047 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27048 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27049 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27050 parameters.
27051 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27053 \(fn)" t nil)
27055 ;;;***
27057 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27058 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17842 58278))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27061 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27062 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27064 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27066 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27067 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27068 This display updates automatically every minute.
27069 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27070 are displayed as well.
27071 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27073 \(fn)" t nil)
27075 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27076 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27077 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27080 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27082 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27084 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27085 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27086 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27088 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27089 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27090 are displayed as well.
27091 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27095 ;;;***
27097 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27098 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27099 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27100 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27101 ;;;;;; 53792))
27102 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27104 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27105 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27107 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27109 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27110 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27111 You can use `float-time' instead.
27113 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27115 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27116 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27118 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27120 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27121 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27123 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27125 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27126 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27128 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27130 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27131 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27132 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27134 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27136 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27138 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27139 Subtract two time values.
27140 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27142 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27144 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27145 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27147 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27149 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27150 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27151 DATE should be a date-time string.
27153 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27155 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27156 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27157 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27159 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27161 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27162 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27164 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27166 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27167 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27169 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27172 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27173 TIME should be a time value.
27174 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27176 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27178 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27179 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27180 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27182 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27184 ;;;***
27186 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27187 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27188 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27189 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27190 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27191 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27192 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27193 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27194 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27195 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27197 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27198 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27199 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27200 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27201 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27202 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27203 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27204 look like one of the following:
27205 Time-stamp: <>
27206 Time-stamp: \" \"
27207 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27208 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27209 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27210 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27211 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27212 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27213 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27214 the template.
27216 \(fn)" t nil)
27218 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27219 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27220 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27224 ;;;***
27226 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27227 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27228 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27229 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27230 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27233 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27234 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27235 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27236 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27237 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27238 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27239 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27240 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27241 display (non-nil means on).
27243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27245 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27246 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27247 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27248 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27249 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27250 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27251 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27252 this function is called within a day.
27254 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27255 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27256 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27257 discover the name of the project.
27259 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27261 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27262 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27263 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27264 begun during the last time segment.
27266 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27267 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27268 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27269 discover the reason.
27271 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27273 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27274 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27275 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27276 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27277 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27279 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27281 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27282 Change to working on a different project.
27283 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27284 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27285 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27286 working on.
27288 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27290 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27291 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27292 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27294 \(fn)" nil nil)
27296 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27297 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27298 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27300 \(fn)" t nil)
27302 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27303 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27304 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27305 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27306 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27307 \"relative to today\".
27309 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27311 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27312 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27313 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27314 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27316 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27318 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27319 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27320 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27321 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27322 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27323 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27325 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27327 ;;;***
27329 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27330 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27331 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27334 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27336 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27337 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27339 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27341 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27342 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27343 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27344 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27346 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27348 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27349 Perform an action at time TIME.
27350 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27351 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27352 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27353 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27354 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27355 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27356 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27357 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27358 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27359 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27360 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27362 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27364 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27366 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27367 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27368 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27369 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27370 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27372 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27374 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27376 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27377 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27378 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27379 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27381 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27383 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27384 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27385 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27386 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27387 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27388 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27389 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27391 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27392 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27394 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27396 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27397 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27399 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27400 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27401 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27402 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27403 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27404 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27405 be detected.
27407 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27409 ;;;***
27411 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27412 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27415 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27416 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27417 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27418 the generated Quail package is saved.
27420 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27422 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27423 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27424 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27425 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27426 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27427 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27428 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27430 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27432 ;;;***
27434 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27435 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27436 ;;;;;; 58278))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27439 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27440 Not documented
27442 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27444 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27445 Not documented
27447 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27449 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27450 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27451 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27452 PATTERN regexp.
27454 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27456 ;;;***
27458 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27459 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17938 22875))
27460 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27461 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27462 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27463 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27465 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27466 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27467 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27468 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27469 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27471 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27473 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27474 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27475 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27476 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27477 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27479 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27481 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27482 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27483 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27484 in the menu in two ways:
27485 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27486 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27487 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27489 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27490 keymap or an alist of alists.
27491 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27492 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27494 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27496 ;;;***
27498 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27499 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27500 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17842 53792))
27501 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27503 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27504 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27506 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27508 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27509 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27511 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27513 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27514 Insert new TODO list entry.
27515 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27516 category.
27518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27520 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27521 List top priorities for each category.
27523 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27524 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27526 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27527 between each category.
27529 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27531 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27532 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27533 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27534 between each category.
27536 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27538 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27540 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27541 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27543 \\{todo-mode-map}
27545 \(fn)" t nil)
27547 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27548 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27550 \(fn)" nil nil)
27552 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27553 Show TODO list.
27555 \(fn)" t nil)
27557 ;;;***
27559 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27560 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27561 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27562 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27564 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27566 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27567 Add an item to the tool bar.
27568 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27569 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27570 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27571 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27573 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27574 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27575 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27576 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27578 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27579 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27581 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27584 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27585 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27586 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27587 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27588 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27590 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27591 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27592 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27593 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27595 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27597 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27598 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27599 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27600 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27601 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27602 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27603 properties to add to the binding.
27605 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27607 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27608 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27610 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27612 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27613 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27614 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27615 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27616 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27617 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27618 properties to add to the binding.
27620 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27621 holds a keymap.
27623 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27625 ;;;***
27627 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27628 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
27629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27631 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27632 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27633 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27636 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27638 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27640 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27641 TPU/edt emulation.
27643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27645 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27647 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27648 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27650 \(fn)" t nil)
27652 ;;;***
27654 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27655 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27658 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27659 Set scroll margins.
27661 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27663 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27664 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27666 \(fn)" t nil)
27668 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27669 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27671 \(fn)" t nil)
27673 ;;;***
27675 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27678 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27679 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27680 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27681 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27682 to a tcp server on another machine.
27684 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27686 ;;;***
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27689 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27692 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27693 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27695 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27697 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27698 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27699 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27700 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27701 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27702 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27703 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27704 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27706 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27708 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27709 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27710 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27711 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27712 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27713 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27714 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27715 the window or buffer configuration.
27717 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27721 ;;;***
27723 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27724 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27725 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27726 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
27727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27729 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27730 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27731 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27733 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27734 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27735 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27736 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27738 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27739 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27740 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27741 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27743 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27744 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27745 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27746 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27747 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27748 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27749 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27750 files which are not really tramp files.
27752 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27753 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27754 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27755 updated after changing this variable.
27757 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27759 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27761 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27762 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27763 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27764 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27766 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27767 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27768 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27769 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27771 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27772 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27773 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27775 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27776 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27777 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27778 updated after changing this variable.
27780 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27782 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27784 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27785 Alist of completion handler functions.
27786 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27787 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27788 normal Emacs functions.")
27790 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27791 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27792 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27793 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27795 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27796 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27797 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27798 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27800 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27801 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27802 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27804 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27806 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27807 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27808 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27810 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27811 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27813 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27814 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27815 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27816 (add-hook
27817 'after-init-hook
27818 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27820 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27821 Not documented
27823 \(fn)" nil nil)
27825 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27826 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27828 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27830 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27831 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27833 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27835 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27836 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27838 \(fn)" t nil)
27840 ;;;***
27842 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27843 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
27844 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27846 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27847 Not documented
27849 \(fn)" nil nil)
27851 ;;;***
27853 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27854 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27855 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27856 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27857 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27858 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17842
27859 ;;;;;; 58278))
27860 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27862 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27863 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27865 \(fn)" t nil)
27867 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27868 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27870 Convenience command that:
27872 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27873 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27874 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27876 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27877 image files in dired and type
27878 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27880 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27882 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27883 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27885 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27887 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27888 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27889 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27890 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27891 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27892 another one).
27894 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27895 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27896 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27898 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27899 instead of erasing it first.
27901 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27902 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27903 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27904 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27905 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27906 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27908 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27910 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27911 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27912 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27913 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27914 displayed.
27916 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27918 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27920 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27921 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27925 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27926 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27927 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27929 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27931 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27932 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27934 \(fn)" t nil)
27936 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27937 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27938 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27939 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27941 \(fn)" t nil)
27943 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27944 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27946 \(fn)" t nil)
27948 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27949 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27951 \(fn)" t nil)
27953 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27954 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27956 \(fn)" t nil)
27958 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27959 Display current image file.
27960 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27961 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27965 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27966 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27968 \(fn)" t nil)
27970 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27971 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27972 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27973 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27974 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27975 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27976 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27978 \(fn)" t nil)
27980 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27981 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27982 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27983 easy-to-use form.
27985 \(fn)" t nil)
27987 ;;;***
27989 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17892
27990 ;;;;;; 62683))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27993 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27994 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27995 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27996 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27997 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27998 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27999 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28000 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28002 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28003 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28004 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28006 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28007 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28008 resumed later.
28010 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28012 ;;;***
28014 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28015 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28017 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28018 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28019 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28021 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28022 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28023 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28024 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28025 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28026 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28027 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28029 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28031 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28032 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28033 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28034 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28036 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28038 \(fn)" t nil)
28040 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28041 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28042 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28043 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28044 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28045 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28046 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28048 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28049 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28051 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28052 \\___/\\
28053 / \\
28054 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28056 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28060 ;;;***
28062 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28063 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28064 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28065 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28066 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28069 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28070 Toggle typing break mode.
28071 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28073 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28075 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28077 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28078 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28080 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28082 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28083 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28085 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28086 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28087 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28089 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28090 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28092 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28094 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28095 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28097 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28098 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28099 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28100 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28102 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28104 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28105 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28106 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28108 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28109 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28110 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28111 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28112 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28113 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28115 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28116 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28117 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28118 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28120 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28121 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28123 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28124 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28126 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28128 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28129 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28130 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28132 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28133 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28134 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28135 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28136 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28137 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28138 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28140 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28141 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28143 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28144 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28145 reset the keystroke counter.
28147 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28148 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28149 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28150 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28152 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28153 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28154 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28155 `type-break-schedule' command.
28157 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28158 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28159 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28160 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28161 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28162 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28163 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28164 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28165 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28167 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28168 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28169 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28170 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28171 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28173 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28174 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28175 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28176 approximate good values for this.
28178 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28179 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28181 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28182 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28183 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28184 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28185 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28186 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28188 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28189 a typing break occur. They include:
28191 `type-break-query-mode'
28192 `type-break-query-function'
28193 `type-break-query-interval'
28195 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28197 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28198 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28199 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28200 problems.
28202 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28204 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28205 Take a typing break.
28207 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28208 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28210 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28211 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28213 \(fn)" t nil)
28215 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28216 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28217 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28218 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28220 \(fn)" t nil)
28222 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28223 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28225 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28226 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28227 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28228 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28229 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28230 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28231 average typing speed.)
28233 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28234 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28235 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28236 the computed maximum threshold.
28238 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28239 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28240 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28241 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28242 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28244 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28246 ;;;***
28248 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28249 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28252 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28253 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28254 Works by overstriking underscores.
28255 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28256 which specify the range to operate on.
28258 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28260 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28261 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28262 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28263 which specify the range to operate on.
28265 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28267 ;;;***
28269 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28270 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28273 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28274 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28275 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28277 \(fn)" t nil)
28279 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28280 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28281 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28282 following the containing message.
28284 \(fn)" t nil)
28286 ;;;***
28288 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28289 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28292 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28293 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28294 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28295 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28296 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28297 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28299 \(fn)" nil nil)
28301 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28302 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28304 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28306 ;;;***
28308 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28309 ;;;;;; 54152))
28310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28312 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28313 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28314 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28315 of symbols with local bindings.
28317 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28319 ;;;***
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28322 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28325 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28326 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28327 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28329 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28330 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28331 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28332 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28333 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28334 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28336 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28337 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28338 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28340 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28341 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28342 the callback is not called).
28344 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28345 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28346 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28347 take effect.
28349 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28351 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28352 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28353 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28354 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28355 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28357 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28359 ;;;***
28361 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28362 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28363 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28365 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28366 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28367 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28369 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28370 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28371 `url-generic-parse-url'
28372 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28373 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28374 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28375 realm
28376 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28377 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28378 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28379 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28380 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28381 what type of auth to use
28382 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28383 if one cannot be found in the cache
28385 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28387 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28388 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28390 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28391 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28392 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28393 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28394 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28395 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28396 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28397 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28399 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28401 ;;;***
28403 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28404 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28405 ;;;;;; 56569))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28408 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28409 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28411 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28413 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28414 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28418 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28419 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28421 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28423 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28424 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28426 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28428 ;;;***
28430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28433 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28434 Not documented
28436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28438 ;;;***
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28441 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28444 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28445 Not documented
28447 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28449 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28450 Not documented
28452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28454 ;;;***
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28457 ;;;;;; 56569))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28460 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28461 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28463 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28465 ;;;***
28467 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28468 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28471 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28472 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28474 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28476 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28477 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28478 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28479 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28480 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28482 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28484 ;;;***
28486 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28487 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28488 ;;;;;; 56569))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28491 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28492 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28493 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28496 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28498 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28500 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28501 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28505 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28506 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28507 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28508 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28509 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28510 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28511 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28512 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28513 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28515 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28517 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28518 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28519 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28520 accessible.
28522 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28524 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28525 Not documented
28527 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28529 ;;;***
28531 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28532 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17935 53395))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28535 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28536 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28537 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28538 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28539 CBARGS as the arguments.
28541 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28544 Not documented
28546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28550 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28551 Not documented
28553 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28555 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28556 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28557 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28559 Property list members:
28561 methods
28562 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28563 supports.
28566 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28567 supported.
28569 dasl
28570 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28572 ranges
28573 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28576 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28577 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28578 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28579 Emacs/W3.
28581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28583 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28584 Default HTTPS port.")
28586 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28587 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28589 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28590 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28591 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28592 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28593 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28595 ;;;***
28597 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28600 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28601 Not documented
28603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605 ;;;***
28607 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28608 ;;;;;; 56569))
28609 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28611 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28612 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28613 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28614 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28615 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28617 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28619 ;;;***
28621 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28622 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28625 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28626 Not documented
28628 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28630 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28631 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28635 ;;;***
28637 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28638 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28641 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28642 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28644 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28646 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28647 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28649 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28651 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28652 Not documented
28654 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28656 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28658 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28660 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28662 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28663 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28670 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28673 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28674 Not documented
28676 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28678 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28679 Not documented
28681 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28683 ;;;***
28685 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28686 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28687 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28690 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28691 Not documented
28693 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28696 Not documented
28698 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28701 Not documented
28703 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28705 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28706 Not documented
28708 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28710 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28711 Not documented
28713 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28715 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28716 Not documented
28718 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28720 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28721 Not documented
28723 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28725 ;;;***
28727 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28728 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17842 56569))
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28731 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28732 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28734 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28737 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28738 Format is:
28739 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28743 ;;;***
28745 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28746 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28749 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28750 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28752 \(fn)" t nil)
28754 ;;;***
28756 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28757 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28758 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28759 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28760 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28761 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28762 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28765 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28766 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28767 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28769 If t, all messages will be logged.
28770 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28771 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28773 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28775 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28776 Not documented
28778 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28780 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28781 Not documented
28783 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28786 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28787 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28788 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28789 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28790 & ==> &amp;
28791 < ==> &lt;
28792 > ==> &gt;
28793 \" ==> &quot;
28795 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28798 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28799 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28801 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28804 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28805 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28807 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28809 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28810 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28812 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28814 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28815 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28817 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28819 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28820 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28822 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28825 Not documented
28827 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28830 Not documented
28832 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28834 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28835 Not documented
28837 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28839 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28840 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28842 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28844 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28845 Not documented
28847 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28849 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28850 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28851 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28852 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28853 forbidden in URL encoding.
28855 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28858 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28859 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28860 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28861 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28862 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28864 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28867 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28868 If optional variable X is t,
28869 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28871 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28873 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28874 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28875 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28877 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28879 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28880 View the current document's URL.
28881 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28882 the minibuffer.
28884 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28886 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28888 ;;;***
28890 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28891 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28894 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28895 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28896 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28897 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28898 to refrain from editing the file
28899 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28900 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28901 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28902 in any way you like.
28904 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28906 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28907 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28908 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28909 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28910 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28912 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28913 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28915 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;***
28919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
28920 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28921 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28923 ;;;***
28925 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28926 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28927 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28930 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28931 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28932 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28933 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28935 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28937 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28938 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28939 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28941 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28943 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28944 Uudecode region between START and END.
28945 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28947 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28949 ;;;***
28951 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28952 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28953 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28954 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28955 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28956 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28957 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17842 58278))
28958 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28960 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28961 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28962 See `run-hooks'.")
28964 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28966 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28967 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28968 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28970 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28972 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28973 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28974 See `run-hooks'.")
28976 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28978 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28979 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28981 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28983 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28984 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28986 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28988 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28989 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28990 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28991 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28992 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28993 somebody else, signal error.
28995 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28997 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28998 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28999 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29000 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29001 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29003 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29005 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29006 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29007 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29008 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29009 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29010 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29011 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29012 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29013 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29014 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29015 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29016 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29018 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29020 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29021 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29023 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29024 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29026 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29027 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29028 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29029 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29030 lock steals will raise an error.
29032 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29034 For RCS and SCCS files:
29035 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29036 control.
29037 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29038 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29039 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29040 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29041 it performs a revert.
29042 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29043 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29044 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29045 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29046 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29047 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29048 the option to steal the lock.
29050 For CVS files:
29051 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29052 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29053 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29054 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29055 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29056 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29057 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29058 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29059 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29061 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29063 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29064 Register the current file into a version control system.
29065 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29066 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29068 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29069 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29070 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29071 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29072 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29073 first backend that could register the file is used.
29075 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29077 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29078 Display diffs between file versions.
29079 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29080 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29081 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29082 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29083 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29084 saving the buffer.
29086 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29088 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29089 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29090 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29091 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29093 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29095 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29096 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29097 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29098 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29100 \(fn)" t nil)
29102 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29103 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29104 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29105 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29106 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29107 from the current branch.
29109 See Info node `Merging'.
29111 \(fn)" t nil)
29113 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29115 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29116 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29118 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29120 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29121 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29123 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29125 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29126 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29127 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29128 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29129 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29130 are checked out in that new branch.
29132 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29134 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29135 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29136 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29137 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29138 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29139 allowed and simply skipped).
29141 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29143 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29144 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29145 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29147 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29149 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29150 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29151 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29152 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29153 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29155 \(fn)" t nil)
29157 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29158 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29159 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29160 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29161 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29162 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29164 \(fn)" t nil)
29166 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29167 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29168 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29170 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29172 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29173 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29174 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29175 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29176 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29177 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29178 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29180 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29182 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29183 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29184 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29185 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29186 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29187 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29188 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29189 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29190 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29192 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29195 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29197 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29199 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29200 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29201 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29202 directory.
29204 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29206 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29207 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29208 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29210 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29211 log entries should be gathered.
29213 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29215 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29216 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29218 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29219 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29220 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29221 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29222 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29223 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29225 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29226 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29227 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29228 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29229 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29230 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29231 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29232 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29234 Customization variables:
29236 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29237 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29238 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29239 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29241 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29243 ;;;***
29245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29246 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29247 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29248 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29249 (progn
29250 (load "vc-arch")
29251 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29253 ;;;***
29255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29256 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29257 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29258 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29259 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29260 (load "vc-cvs")
29261 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29263 ;;;***
29265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29267 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29268 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29269 (progn
29270 (load "vc-mcvs")
29271 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29273 ;;;***
29275 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29276 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29279 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29280 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29281 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29283 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29284 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29286 ;;;***
29288 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29289 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29292 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29293 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29294 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29296 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29297 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29299 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29300 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29301 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29302 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29304 ;;;***
29306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29308 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29309 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29310 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29311 "_svn")
29312 (t ".svn"))))
29313 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29314 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29315 (file-name-directory f)))
29316 (load "vc-svn")
29317 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29319 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29321 ;;;***
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29324 ;;;;;; (17854 10062))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29327 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29328 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29330 Usage:
29331 ------
29333 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29334 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29335 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29336 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29337 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29338 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29339 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29340 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29341 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29343 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29344 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29345 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29346 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29348 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29349 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29350 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29351 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29352 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29354 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29355 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29358 HEADER INSERTION:
29359 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29360 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29361 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29364 STUTTERING:
29365 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29366 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29367 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29368 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29370 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29371 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29372 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29373 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29374 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29377 WORD COMPLETION:
29378 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29379 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29380 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29381 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29383 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29384 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29385 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29386 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29387 beginning with \"std\").
29389 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29390 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29391 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29392 stop.
29395 COMMENTS:
29396 `--' puts a single comment.
29397 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29398 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29399 with a comment in between.
29400 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29401 out following lines.
29402 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29403 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29405 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29406 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29407 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29408 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29409 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29410 non-nil.
29412 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29413 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29414 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29415 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29416 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29417 multi-line comments.
29420 INDENTATION:
29421 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29422 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29423 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29424 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29426 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29427 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29428 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29429 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29431 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29432 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29433 and vice versa.
29435 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29436 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29439 ALIGNMENT:
29440 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29441 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29442 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29443 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29444 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29445 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29446 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29447 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29449 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29450 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29451 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29452 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29453 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29454 is non-nil.
29456 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29457 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29458 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29460 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29461 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29464 CODE FILLING:
29465 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29466 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29467 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29468 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29469 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29470 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29473 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29474 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29475 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29476 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29477 command:
29479 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29482 PORT TRANSLATION:
29483 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29484 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29485 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29486 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29487 internal signal initializations (menu).
29489 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29490 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29491 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29493 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29494 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29495 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29496 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29497 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29498 in subsequent paste operations.)
29500 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29501 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29502 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29505 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29506 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29507 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29508 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29509 association list with formals).
29512 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29513 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29514 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29515 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29516 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29517 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29518 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29519 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29520 `vhdl-testbench'.
29523 KEY BINDINGS:
29524 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29527 VHDL MENU:
29528 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29531 FILE BROWSER:
29532 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29533 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29534 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29536 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29537 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29540 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29541 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29542 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29543 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29545 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29546 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29547 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29549 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29550 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29551 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29552 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29554 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29555 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29556 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29557 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29558 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29560 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29561 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29562 required by secondary units.
29565 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29566 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29567 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29568 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29569 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29570 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29571 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29572 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29573 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29574 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29575 inputs to this component -> input port created
29576 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29577 outputs from this component -> output port created
29578 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29579 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29581 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29582 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29583 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29584 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29585 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29587 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29588 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29590 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29591 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29592 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29593 component instantiation is also supported (option
29594 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29596 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29597 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29598 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29599 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29600 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29601 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29602 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29603 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29604 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29605 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29606 | generating the configuration.
29608 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29609 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29610 | configurations in speedbar.
29612 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29615 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29616 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29617 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29618 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29619 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29620 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29621 information. New compilers can be added.
29623 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29624 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29627 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29628 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29629 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29630 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29631 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29633 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29634 command:
29636 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29637 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29638 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29640 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29641 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29642 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29643 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29644 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29645 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29646 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29648 Limitations:
29649 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29650 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29651 not (yet) supported.
29652 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29653 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29654 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29657 PROJECTS:
29658 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29659 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29660 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29661 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29662 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29663 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29664 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29665 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29667 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29668 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29669 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29670 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29671 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29672 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29673 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29674 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29675 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29676 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29677 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29680 SPECIAL MENUES:
29681 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29682 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29683 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29684 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29685 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29686 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29687 current directory for VHDL source files.
29690 VHDL STANDARDS:
29691 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29692 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29695 KEYWORD CASE:
29696 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29697 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29698 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29699 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29700 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29701 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29702 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29703 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29706 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29707 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29708 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29709 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29710 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29711 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29712 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29714 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29715 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29716 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29717 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29718 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29719 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29721 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29722 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29723 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29724 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29725 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29726 visually.
29728 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29729 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29730 highlighted if written in lower case.
29732 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29733 highlighted using a different background color if option
29734 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29736 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29737 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29738 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29739 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29740 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29743 USER MODELS:
29744 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29745 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29746 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29749 HIDE/SHOW:
29750 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29751 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29752 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29753 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29754 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29757 CODE UPDATING:
29758 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29759 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29760 Limitations:
29761 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29762 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29763 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29764 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29765 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29766 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29767 (used to obtain the port names).
29770 CODE FIXING:
29771 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29772 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29775 PRINTING:
29776 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29777 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29778 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29779 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29780 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29781 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29782 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29783 printers.
29786 OPTIONS:
29787 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29788 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29789 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29790 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29791 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29793 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29794 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29795 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29796 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29797 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29798 INSTALL file).
29800 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29801 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29804 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29805 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29806 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29807 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29809 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29812 HINTS:
29813 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29814 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29816 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29818 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29820 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29823 RELEASE NOTES:
29824 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29827 Maintenance:
29828 ------------
29830 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29831 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29833 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29835 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29836 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29837 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29838 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29840 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29841 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29842 where the latest version can be found.
29845 Known problems:
29846 ---------------
29848 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29849 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29850 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29853 The VHDL Mode Authors
29854 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29856 Key bindings:
29857 -------------
29859 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29861 \(fn)" t nil)
29863 ;;;***
29865 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29868 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29869 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29870 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29871 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29873 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29874 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29875 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29876 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29877 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29879 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29880 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29882 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29884 * Limitations and unsupported features
29885 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29886 not supported.
29887 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29888 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29890 * Modifications
29891 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29892 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29893 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29894 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29895 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29896 for undoing a repeated change command.
29897 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29898 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29899 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29901 * Extensions
29902 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29903 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29904 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29905 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29906 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29907 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29908 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29909 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29911 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29913 \(fn)" t nil)
29915 ;;;***
29917 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29918 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29919 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29920 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29923 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29924 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29926 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29928 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29929 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29930 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29931 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29933 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29935 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29936 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29938 \(fn)" t nil)
29940 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29941 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29942 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29943 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29945 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29947 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29948 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29950 \(fn)" t nil)
29952 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29953 Not documented
29955 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29957 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29958 Not documented
29960 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29962 ;;;***
29964 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29965 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29966 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17930
29967 ;;;;;; 34071))
29968 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29970 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29971 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29972 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29973 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29975 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29977 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29978 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29979 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29980 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29981 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29982 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29983 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29985 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29987 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29989 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29990 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29991 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29992 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29993 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29994 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29995 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29996 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29998 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30000 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30002 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30003 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30004 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30005 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30006 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30007 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30008 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30009 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30011 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30013 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30015 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30016 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30017 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30018 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30019 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30020 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30021 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30023 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30025 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30026 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30027 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30029 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30031 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30032 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30033 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30034 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30035 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30036 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30037 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30038 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30040 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30042 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30043 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30044 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30046 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30048 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30049 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30050 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30051 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30052 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30053 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30054 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30055 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30057 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30059 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30060 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30061 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30063 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30065 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30066 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30067 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30069 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30070 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30071 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30072 read-only.
30073 \\<view-mode-map>
30074 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30075 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30076 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30077 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30078 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30080 H, h, ? This message.
30081 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30082 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30083 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30084 > move to the end of buffer.
30085 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30086 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30087 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30088 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30089 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30090 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30091 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30092 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30093 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30094 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30095 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30096 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30097 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30098 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30099 Use this to view a changing file.
30100 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30101 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30102 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30103 . set the mark.
30104 x exchanges point and mark.
30105 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30106 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30107 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30108 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30109 ' go to position saved in character register.
30110 s do forward incremental search.
30111 r do reverse incremental search.
30112 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30113 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30114 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30115 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30116 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30117 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30118 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30119 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30120 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30121 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30122 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30123 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30124 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30125 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30126 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30127 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30128 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30130 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30131 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30132 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30133 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30134 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30135 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30136 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30137 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30138 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30140 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30144 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30145 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30146 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30147 `view-return-to-alist'.
30148 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30149 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30150 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30152 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30153 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30154 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30155 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30156 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30157 1) nil Do nothing.
30158 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30159 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30160 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30161 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30163 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30165 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30167 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30169 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30170 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30172 \(fn)" t nil)
30174 ;;;***
30176 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30177 ;;;;;; 54264))
30178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30180 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30181 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30183 \(fn)" nil nil)
30185 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30186 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30188 \(fn)" t nil)
30190 ;;;***
30192 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30193 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30196 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30197 Toggle Viper on/off.
30198 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30200 \(fn)" t nil)
30202 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30203 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30205 \(fn)" t nil)
30207 ;;;***
30209 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30210 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30213 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30214 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30215 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30216 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30217 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30218 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30219 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30220 the beginning of the warning.")
30222 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30223 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30224 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30225 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30226 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30227 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30228 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30229 also call that function before the next warning.")
30231 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30232 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30234 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30235 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30236 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30237 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30239 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30240 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30241 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30242 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30243 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30244 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30246 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30247 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30248 Default is :warning.
30250 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30251 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30252 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30253 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30254 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30255 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30257 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30258 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30259 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30261 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30263 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30264 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30266 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30268 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30269 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30270 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30271 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30273 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30274 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30275 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30276 can be whatever you like.)
30278 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30279 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30281 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30282 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30283 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30284 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30285 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30287 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30289 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30290 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30291 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30292 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30293 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30295 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30297 ;;;***
30299 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30300 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30301 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30303 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30304 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30305 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30306 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30307 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30308 in disk.
30310 See `wdired-mode'.
30312 \(fn)" t nil)
30314 ;;;***
30316 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30319 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30320 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30322 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30323 hotlist.
30325 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30326 <nwv@acm.org>.
30328 \(fn)" t nil)
30330 ;;;***
30332 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30333 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30335 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30336 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30338 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30340 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30341 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30342 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30345 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30347 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30349 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30350 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30351 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30352 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30354 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30355 and off otherwise.
30357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30359 ;;;***
30361 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30362 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30363 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30364 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30365 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30366 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30367 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30369 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30370 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30372 \(fn)" t nil)
30374 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30375 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30377 \(fn)" t nil)
30379 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30380 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30382 \(fn)" t nil)
30384 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30385 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30387 \(fn)" t nil)
30389 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30390 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30392 \(fn)" t nil)
30394 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30395 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30396 These are:
30397 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30398 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30399 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30400 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30401 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30403 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30404 and:
30405 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30406 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30408 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30410 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30411 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30413 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30415 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30416 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30417 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30418 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30419 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30421 \(fn)" t nil)
30423 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30424 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30426 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30428 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30430 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30431 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30432 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30435 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30437 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30439 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30440 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30441 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30443 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30444 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30448 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30449 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30450 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30452 \(fn)" t nil)
30454 ;;;***
30456 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30457 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30458 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30460 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30461 Browse the widget under point.
30463 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30465 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30466 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30468 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30470 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30471 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30473 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30475 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30476 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30477 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30481 ;;;***
30483 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30484 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17884
30485 ;;;;;; 58614))
30486 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30488 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30489 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30491 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30493 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30494 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30495 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30497 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30499 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30500 Create widget of TYPE.
30501 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30503 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30505 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30506 Delete WIDGET.
30508 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30510 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30511 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30513 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30515 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30517 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30518 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30519 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30521 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30522 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30524 \(fn)" nil nil)
30526 ;;;***
30528 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30529 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30530 ;;;;;; 58278))
30531 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30533 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30534 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30535 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30536 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30537 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30538 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30539 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30543 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30544 Select the window above the current one.
30545 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30546 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30547 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30548 negative ARG) of the current window.
30549 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30553 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30554 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30555 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30556 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30557 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30558 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30559 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30563 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30564 Select the window below the current one.
30565 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30566 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30567 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30568 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30569 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30573 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30574 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30575 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30576 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30578 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30580 ;;;***
30582 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30583 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30584 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30586 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30587 Toggle Winner mode.
30588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30589 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30591 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30593 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30594 Toggle Winner mode.
30595 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30599 ;;;***
30601 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30602 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17934 34122))
30603 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30605 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30606 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30607 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30608 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30609 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30610 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30611 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30612 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30614 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30615 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30617 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30619 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30620 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30622 \(fn)" t nil)
30624 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30625 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30626 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30627 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30628 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30629 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30630 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30631 `woman' command for further details.
30633 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30635 ;;;***
30637 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30638 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30641 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30642 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30644 BUGS:
30645 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30646 are not implemented
30647 - Options for search and replace
30648 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30649 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30651 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30652 Emacs-like.
30654 The key bindings are:
30656 C-a backward-word
30657 C-b fill-paragraph
30658 C-c scroll-up-line
30659 C-d forward-char
30660 C-e previous-line
30661 C-f forward-word
30662 C-g delete-char
30663 C-h backward-char
30664 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30665 C-j help-for-help
30666 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30667 C-l ws-repeat-search
30668 C-n open-line
30669 C-p quoted-insert
30670 C-r scroll-down-line
30671 C-s backward-char
30672 C-t kill-word
30673 C-u keyboard-quit
30674 C-v overwrite-mode
30675 C-w scroll-down
30676 C-x next-line
30677 C-y kill-complete-line
30678 C-z scroll-up
30680 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30681 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30682 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30683 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30684 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30685 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30686 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30687 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30688 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30689 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30690 C-k b ws-begin-block
30691 C-k c ws-copy-block
30692 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30693 C-k f find-file
30694 C-k h ws-show-markers
30695 C-k i ws-indent-block
30696 C-k k ws-end-block
30697 C-k p ws-print-block
30698 C-k q kill-emacs
30699 C-k r insert-file
30700 C-k s save-some-buffers
30701 C-k t ws-mark-word
30702 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30703 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30704 C-k v ws-move-block
30705 C-k w ws-write-block
30706 C-k x kill-emacs
30707 C-k y ws-delete-block
30709 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30710 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30711 C-o j justify-current-line
30712 C-o k kill-buffer
30713 C-o l list-buffers
30714 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30715 C-o r set-fill-column
30716 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30717 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30718 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30719 C-o wo other-window
30720 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30722 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30723 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30724 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30725 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30726 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30727 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30728 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30729 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30730 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30731 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30732 C-q a ws-query-replace
30733 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30734 C-q c end-of-buffer
30735 C-q d end-of-line
30736 C-q f ws-search
30737 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30738 C-q l ws-undo
30739 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30740 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30741 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30742 C-q w ws-last-error
30743 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30744 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30746 \(fn)" t nil)
30748 ;;;***
30750 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30751 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
30752 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30754 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30755 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30756 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30757 Returns the top node with all its children.
30758 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30759 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30761 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30763 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30764 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30765 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30766 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30767 is not well-formed XML.
30768 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30769 and returned as the first element of the list.
30770 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30772 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30774 ;;;***
30776 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17938
30777 ;;;;;; 61442))
30778 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30780 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30781 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30782 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30785 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30787 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30789 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30790 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30791 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30793 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30794 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30795 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30796 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30797 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30798 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30802 ;;;***
30804 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30805 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30808 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30809 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30813 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30814 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30816 \(fn)" nil nil)
30818 ;;;***
30820 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30821 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30822 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30824 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30825 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30827 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30829 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30830 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30832 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30834 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30835 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30836 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30838 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30840 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30841 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30843 \(fn)" t nil)
30845 ;;;***
30847 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17842 55395))
30848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30850 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30851 Zone out, completely.
30853 \(fn)" t nil)
30855 ;;;***
30857 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30964 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30965 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30969 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30970 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30971 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30973 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30974 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30975 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30976 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30977 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30978 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30979 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30980 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30981 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30982 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30983 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30984 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30985 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30986 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30987 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17938 62045 277063))
30989 ;;;***
30991 ;; Local Variables:
30992 ;; version-control: never
30993 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30994 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30995 ;; End:
30996 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here